src/corelib/tools/qbytearray.cpp
author Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
Tue, 02 Feb 2010 00:43:10 +0200
changeset 3 41300fa6a67c
parent 0 1918ee327afb
child 4 3b1da2848fc7
permissions -rw-r--r--
Revision: 201003 Kit: 201005
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     1
/****************************************************************************
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     2
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     3
** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     4
** All rights reserved.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     5
** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     6
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     7
** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     8
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     9
** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    10
** No Commercial Usage
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    11
** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    12
** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    13
** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    14
** this package.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    15
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    16
** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    17
** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    18
** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    19
** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    20
** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    21
** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    22
** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    23
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    24
** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    25
** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    26
** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    27
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    28
** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    29
** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    30
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    31
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    32
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    33
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    34
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    35
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    36
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    37
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    38
** $QT_END_LICENSE$
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    39
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    40
****************************************************************************/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    41
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    42
#include "qbytearray.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    43
#include "qbytearraymatcher.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    44
#include "qtools_p.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    45
#include "qstring.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    46
#include "qlist.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    47
#include "qlocale.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    48
#include "qlocale_p.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    49
#include "qunicodetables_p.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    50
#include "qscopedpointer.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    51
#include <qdatastream.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    52
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    53
#ifndef QT_NO_COMPRESS
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    54
#include <zlib.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    55
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    56
#include <ctype.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    57
#include <limits.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    58
#include <string.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    59
#include <stdlib.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    60
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    61
#define IS_RAW_DATA(d) ((d)->data != (d)->array)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    62
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    63
QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    64
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    65
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    66
int qFindByteArray(
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    67
    const char *haystack0, int haystackLen, int from,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    68
    const char *needle0, int needleLen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    69
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    70
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    71
int qAllocMore(int alloc, int extra)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    72
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    73
    if (alloc == 0 && extra == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    74
        return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    75
    const int page = 1 << 12;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    76
    int nalloc;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    77
    alloc += extra;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    78
    if (alloc < 1<<6) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    79
        nalloc = (1<<3) + ((alloc >>3) << 3);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    80
    } else  {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    81
        // don't do anything if the loop will overflow signed int.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    82
        if (alloc >= INT_MAX/2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    83
            return INT_MAX;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    84
        nalloc = (alloc < page) ? 1 << 3 : page;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    85
        while (nalloc < alloc) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    86
            if (nalloc <= 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    87
                return INT_MAX;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    88
            nalloc *= 2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    89
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    90
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    91
    return nalloc - extra;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    92
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    93
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    94
/*****************************************************************************
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    95
  Safe and portable C string functions; extensions to standard string.h
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    96
 *****************************************************************************/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    97
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    98
/*! \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    99
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   100
    Returns a duplicate string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   101
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   102
    Allocates space for a copy of \a src, copies it, and returns a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   103
    pointer to the copy. If \a src is 0, it immediately returns 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   104
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   105
    Ownership is passed to the caller, so the returned string must be
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   106
    deleted using \c delete[].
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   107
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   108
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   109
char *qstrdup(const char *src)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   110
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   111
    if (!src)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   112
        return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   113
    char *dst = new char[strlen(src) + 1];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   114
    return qstrcpy(dst, src);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   115
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   116
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   117
/*! \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   118
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   119
    Copies all the characters up to and including the '\\0' from \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   120
    src into \a dst and returns a pointer to \a dst. If \a src is 0,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   121
    it immediately returns 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   122
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   123
    This function assumes that \a dst is large enough to hold the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   124
    contents of \a src.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   125
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   126
    \sa qstrncpy()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   127
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   128
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   129
char *qstrcpy(char *dst, const char *src)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   130
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   131
    if (!src)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   132
        return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   133
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   134
    int len = qstrlen(src);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   135
	// This is actually not secure!!! It will be fixed
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   136
	// properly in a later release!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   137
    if (len >= 0 && strcpy_s(dst, len+1, src) == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   138
	    return dst;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   139
    return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   140
#else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   141
    return strcpy(dst, src);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   142
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   143
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   144
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   145
/*! \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   146
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   147
    A safe \c strncpy() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   148
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   149
    Copies at most \a len bytes from \a src (stopping at \a len or the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   150
    terminating '\\0' whichever comes first) into \a dst and returns a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   151
    pointer to \a dst. Guarantees that \a dst is '\\0'-terminated. If
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   152
    \a src or \a dst is 0, returns 0 immediately.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   153
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   154
    This function assumes that \a dst is at least \a len characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   155
    long.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   156
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   157
    \sa qstrcpy()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   158
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   159
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   160
char *qstrncpy(char *dst, const char *src, uint len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   161
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   162
    if (!src || !dst)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   163
        return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   164
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   165
	strncpy_s(dst, len, src, len-1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   166
#else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   167
    strncpy(dst, src, len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   168
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   169
    if (len > 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   170
        dst[len-1] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   171
    return dst;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   172
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   173
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   174
/*! \fn uint qstrlen(const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   175
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   176
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   177
    A safe \c strlen() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   178
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   179
    Returns the number of characters that precede the terminating '\\0',
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   180
    or 0 if \a str is 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   181
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   182
    \sa qstrnlen()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   183
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   184
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   185
/*! \fn uint qstrnlen(const char *str, uint maxlen)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   186
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   187
    \since 4.2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   188
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   189
    A safe \c strnlen() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   190
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   191
    Returns the number of characters that precede the terminating '\\0', but
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   192
    at most \a maxlen. If \a str is 0, returns 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   193
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   194
    \sa qstrlen()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   195
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   196
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   197
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   198
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   199
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   200
    A safe \c strcmp() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   201
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   202
    Compares \a str1 and \a str2. Returns a negative value if \a str1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   203
    is less than \a str2, 0 if \a str1 is equal to \a str2 or a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   204
    positive value if \a str1 is greater than \a str2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   205
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   206
    Special case 1: Returns 0 if \a str1 and \a str2 are both 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   207
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   208
    Special case 2: Returns an arbitrary non-zero value if \a str1 is 0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   209
    or \a str2 is 0 (but not both).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   210
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   211
    \sa qstrncmp(), qstricmp(), qstrnicmp(), {8-bit Character Comparisons}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   212
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   213
int qstrcmp(const char *str1, const char *str2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   214
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   215
    return (str1 && str2) ? strcmp(str1, str2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   216
        : (str1 ? 1 : (str2 ? -1 : 0));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   217
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   218
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   219
/*! \fn int qstrncmp(const char *str1, const char *str2, uint len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   220
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   221
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   222
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   223
    A safe \c strncmp() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   224
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   225
    Compares at most \a len bytes of \a str1 and \a str2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   226
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   227
    Returns a negative value if \a str1 is less than \a str2, 0 if \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   228
    str1 is equal to \a str2 or a positive value if \a str1 is greater
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   229
    than \a str2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   230
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   231
    Special case 1: Returns 0 if \a str1 and \a str2 are both 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   232
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   233
    Special case 2: Returns a random non-zero value if \a str1 is 0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   234
    or \a str2 is 0 (but not both).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   235
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   236
    \sa qstrcmp(), qstricmp(), qstrnicmp(), {8-bit Character Comparisons}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   237
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   238
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   239
/*! \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   240
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   241
    A safe \c stricmp() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   242
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   243
    Compares \a str1 and \a str2 ignoring the case of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   244
    characters. The encoding of the strings is assumed to be Latin-1.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   245
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   246
    Returns a negative value if \a str1 is less than \a str2, 0 if \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   247
    str1 is equal to \a str2 or a positive value if \a str1 is greater
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   248
    than \a str2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   249
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   250
    Special case 1: Returns 0 if \a str1 and \a str2 are both 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   251
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   252
    Special case 2: Returns a random non-zero value if \a str1 is 0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   253
    or \a str2 is 0 (but not both).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   254
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   255
    \sa qstrcmp(), qstrncmp(), qstrnicmp(), {8-bit Character Comparisons}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   256
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   257
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   258
int qstricmp(const char *str1, const char *str2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   259
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   260
    register const uchar *s1 = reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(str1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   261
    register const uchar *s2 = reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(str2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   262
    int res;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   263
    uchar c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   264
    if (!s1 || !s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   265
        return s1 ? 1 : (s2 ? -1 : 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   266
    for (; !(res = (c = QChar::toLower((ushort)*s1)) - QChar::toLower((ushort)*s2)); s1++, s2++)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   267
        if (!c)                                // strings are equal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   268
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   269
    return res;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   270
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   271
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   272
/*! \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   273
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   274
    A safe \c strnicmp() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   275
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   276
    Compares at most \a len bytes of \a str1 and \a str2 ignoring the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   277
    case of the characters. The encoding of the strings is assumed to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   278
    be Latin-1.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   279
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   280
    Returns a negative value if \a str1 is less than \a str2, 0 if \a str1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   281
    is equal to \a str2 or a positive value if \a str1 is greater than \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   282
    str2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   283
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   284
    Special case 1: Returns 0 if \a str1 and \a str2 are both 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   285
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   286
    Special case 2: Returns a random non-zero value if \a str1 is 0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   287
    or \a str2 is 0 (but not both).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   288
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   289
    \sa qstrcmp(), qstrncmp(), qstricmp(), {8-bit Character Comparisons}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   290
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   291
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   292
int qstrnicmp(const char *str1, const char *str2, uint len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   293
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   294
    register const uchar *s1 = reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(str1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   295
    register const uchar *s2 = reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(str2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   296
    int res;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   297
    uchar c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   298
    if (!s1 || !s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   299
        return s1 ? 1 : (s2 ? -1 : 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   300
    for (; len--; s1++, s2++) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   301
        if ((res = (c = QChar::toLower((ushort)*s1)) - QChar::toLower((ushort)*s2)))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   302
            return res;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   303
        if (!c)                                // strings are equal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   304
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   305
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   306
    return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   307
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   308
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   309
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   310
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   311
 */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   312
int qstrcmp(const QByteArray &str1, const char *str2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   313
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   314
    if (!str2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   315
        return str1.isEmpty() ? 0 : +1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   316
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   317
    const char *str1data = str1.constData();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   318
    const char *str1end = str1data + str1.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   319
    for ( ; str1data < str1end && *str2; ++str1data, ++str2) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   320
        register int diff = int(uchar(*str1data)) - uchar(*str2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   321
        if (diff)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   322
            // found a difference
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   323
            return diff;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   324
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   325
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   326
    // Why did we stop?
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   327
    if (*str2 != '\0')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   328
        // not the null, so we stopped because str1 is shorter
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   329
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   330
    if (str1data < str1end)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   331
        // we haven't reached the end, so str1 must be longer
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   332
        return +1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   333
    return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   334
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   335
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   336
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   337
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   338
 */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   339
int qstrcmp(const QByteArray &str1, const QByteArray &str2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   340
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   341
    int l1 = str1.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   342
    int l2 = str2.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   343
    int ret = memcmp(str1, str2, qMin(l1, l2));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   344
    if (ret != 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   345
        return ret;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   346
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   347
    // they matched qMin(l1, l2) bytes
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   348
    // so the longer one is lexically after the shorter one
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   349
    return l1 - l2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   350
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   351
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   352
// the CRC table below is created by the following piece of code
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   353
#if 0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   354
static void createCRC16Table()                        // build CRC16 lookup table
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   355
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   356
    register unsigned int i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   357
    register unsigned int j;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   358
    unsigned short crc_tbl[16];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   359
    unsigned int v0, v1, v2, v3;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   360
    for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   361
        v0 = i & 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   362
        v1 = (i >> 1) & 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   363
        v2 = (i >> 2) & 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   364
        v3 = (i >> 3) & 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   365
        j = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   366
#undef SET_BIT
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   367
#define SET_BIT(x, b, v) (x) |= (v) << (b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   368
        SET_BIT(j,  0, v0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   369
        SET_BIT(j,  7, v0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   370
        SET_BIT(j, 12, v0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   371
        SET_BIT(j,  1, v1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   372
        SET_BIT(j,  8, v1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   373
        SET_BIT(j, 13, v1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   374
        SET_BIT(j,  2, v2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   375
        SET_BIT(j,  9, v2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   376
        SET_BIT(j, 14, v2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   377
        SET_BIT(j,  3, v3);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   378
        SET_BIT(j, 10, v3);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   379
        SET_BIT(j, 15, v3);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   380
        crc_tbl[i] = j;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   381
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   382
    printf("static const quint16 crc_tbl[16] = {\n");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   383
    for (int i = 0; i < 16; i +=4)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   384
        printf("    0x%04x, 0x%04x, 0x%04x, 0x%04x,\n", crc_tbl[i], crc_tbl[i+1], crc_tbl[i+2], crc_tbl[i+3]);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   385
    printf("};\n");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   386
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   387
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   388
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   389
static const quint16 crc_tbl[16] = {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   390
    0x0000, 0x1081, 0x2102, 0x3183,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   391
    0x4204, 0x5285, 0x6306, 0x7387,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   392
    0x8408, 0x9489, 0xa50a, 0xb58b,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   393
    0xc60c, 0xd68d, 0xe70e, 0xf78f
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   394
};
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   395
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   396
/*! 
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   397
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   398
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   399
    Returns the CRC-16 checksum of the first \a len bytes of \a data.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   400
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   401
    The checksum is independent of the byte order (endianness).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   402
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   403
    \note This function is a 16-bit cache conserving (16 entry table)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   404
    implementation of the CRC-16-CCITT algorithm.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   405
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   406
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   407
quint16 qChecksum(const char *data, uint len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   408
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   409
    register quint16 crc = 0xffff;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   410
    uchar c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   411
    const uchar *p = reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(data);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   412
    while (len--) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   413
        c = *p++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   414
        crc = ((crc >> 4) & 0x0fff) ^ crc_tbl[((crc ^ c) & 15)];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   415
        c >>= 4;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   416
        crc = ((crc >> 4) & 0x0fff) ^ crc_tbl[((crc ^ c) & 15)];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   417
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   418
    return ~crc & 0xffff;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   419
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   420
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   421
/*!     
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   422
    \fn QByteArray qCompress(const QByteArray& data, int compressionLevel)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   423
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   424
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   425
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   426
    Compresses the \a data byte array and returns the compressed data
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   427
    in a new byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   428
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   429
    The \a compressionLevel parameter specifies how much compression
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   430
    should be used. Valid values are between 0 and 9, with 9
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   431
    corresponding to the greatest compression (i.e. smaller compressed
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   432
    data) at the cost of using a slower algorithm. Smaller values (8,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   433
    7, ..., 1) provide successively less compression at slightly
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   434
    faster speeds. The value 0 corresponds to no compression at all.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   435
    The default value is -1, which specifies zlib's default
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   436
    compression.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   437
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   438
    \sa qUncompress()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   439
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   440
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   441
/*! \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   442
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   443
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   444
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   445
    Compresses the first \a nbytes of \a data and returns the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   446
    compressed data in a new byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   447
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   448
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   449
#ifndef QT_NO_COMPRESS
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   450
QByteArray qCompress(const uchar* data, int nbytes, int compressionLevel)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   451
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   452
    if (nbytes == 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   453
        return QByteArray(4, '\0');
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   454
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   455
    if (!data) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   456
        qWarning("qCompress: Data is null");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   457
        return QByteArray();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   458
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   459
    if (compressionLevel < -1 || compressionLevel > 9)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   460
        compressionLevel = -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   461
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   462
    ulong len = nbytes + nbytes / 100 + 13;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   463
    QByteArray bazip;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   464
    int res;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   465
    do {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   466
        bazip.resize(len + 4);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   467
        res = ::compress2((uchar*)bazip.data()+4, &len, (uchar*)data, nbytes, compressionLevel);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   468
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   469
        switch (res) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   470
        case Z_OK:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   471
            bazip.resize(len + 4);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   472
            bazip[0] = (nbytes & 0xff000000) >> 24;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   473
            bazip[1] = (nbytes & 0x00ff0000) >> 16;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   474
            bazip[2] = (nbytes & 0x0000ff00) >> 8;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   475
            bazip[3] = (nbytes & 0x000000ff);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   476
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   477
        case Z_MEM_ERROR:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   478
            qWarning("qCompress: Z_MEM_ERROR: Not enough memory");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   479
            bazip.resize(0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   480
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   481
        case Z_BUF_ERROR:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   482
            len *= 2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   483
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   484
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   485
    } while (res == Z_BUF_ERROR);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   486
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   487
    return bazip;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   488
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   489
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   490
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   491
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   492
    \fn QByteArray qUncompress(const QByteArray& data)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   493
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   494
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   495
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   496
    Uncompresses the \a data byte array and returns a new byte array
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   497
    with the uncompressed data.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   498
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   499
    Returns an empty QByteArray if the input data was corrupt.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   500
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   501
    This function will uncompress data compressed with qCompress()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   502
    from this and any earlier Qt version, back to Qt 3.1 when this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   503
    feature was added.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   504
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   505
    \bold{Note:} If you want to use this function to uncompress external
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   506
    data compressed using zlib, you first need to prepend four bytes to the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   507
    byte array that contain the expected length (as an unsigned integer)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   508
    of the uncompressed data encoded in big-endian order (most significant
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   509
    byte first).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   510
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   511
    \sa qCompress()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   512
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   513
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   514
/*! \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   515
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   516
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   517
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   518
    Uncompresses the first \a nbytes of \a data and returns a new byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   519
    array with the uncompressed data.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   520
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   521
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   522
#ifndef QT_NO_COMPRESS
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   523
QByteArray qUncompress(const uchar* data, int nbytes)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   524
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   525
    if (!data) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   526
        qWarning("qUncompress: Data is null");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   527
        return QByteArray();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   528
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   529
    if (nbytes <= 4) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   530
        if (nbytes < 4 || (data[0]!=0 || data[1]!=0 || data[2]!=0 || data[3]!=0))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   531
            qWarning("qUncompress: Input data is corrupted");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   532
        return QByteArray();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   533
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   534
    ulong expectedSize = (data[0] << 24) | (data[1] << 16) |
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   535
                       (data[2] <<  8) | (data[3]      );
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   536
    ulong len = qMax(expectedSize, 1ul);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   537
    QScopedPointer<QByteArray::Data, QScopedPointerPodDeleter> d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   538
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   539
    forever {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   540
        ulong alloc = len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   541
        d.reset(q_check_ptr(static_cast<QByteArray::Data *>(qRealloc(d.data(), sizeof(QByteArray::Data) + alloc))));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   542
        if (!d) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   543
            // we are not allowed to crash here when compiling with QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   544
            qWarning("qUncompress: could not allocate enough memory to uncompress data");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   545
            return QByteArray();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   546
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   547
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   548
        int res = ::uncompress((uchar*)d->array, &len,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   549
                               (uchar*)data+4, nbytes-4);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   550
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   551
        switch (res) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   552
        case Z_OK:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   553
            if (len != alloc) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   554
                d.reset(q_check_ptr(static_cast<QByteArray::Data *>(qRealloc(d.data(), sizeof(QByteArray::Data) + len))));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   555
                if (!d) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   556
                    // we are not allowed to crash here when compiling with QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   557
                    qWarning("qUncompress: could not allocate enough memory to uncompress data");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   558
                    return QByteArray();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   559
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   560
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   561
            d->ref = 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   562
            d->alloc = d->size = len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   563
            d->data = d->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   564
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   565
            return QByteArray(d.take(), 0, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   566
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   567
        case Z_MEM_ERROR:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   568
            qWarning("qUncompress: Z_MEM_ERROR: Not enough memory");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   569
            return QByteArray();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   570
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   571
        case Z_BUF_ERROR:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   572
            len *= 2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   573
            continue;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   574
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   575
        case Z_DATA_ERROR:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   576
            qWarning("qUncompress: Z_DATA_ERROR: Input data is corrupted");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   577
            return QByteArray();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   578
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   579
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   580
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   581
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   582
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   583
static inline bool qIsUpper(char c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   584
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   585
    return c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   586
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   587
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   588
static inline char qToLower(char c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   589
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   590
    if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   591
        return c - 'A' + 'a';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   592
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   593
        return c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   594
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   595
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   596
QByteArray::Data QByteArray::shared_null = {Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(1),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   597
                                                          0, 0, shared_null.array, {0} };
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   598
QByteArray::Data QByteArray::shared_empty = { Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(1),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   599
                                              0, 0, shared_empty.array, {0} };
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   600
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   601
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   602
    \class QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   603
    \brief The QByteArray class provides an array of bytes.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   604
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   605
    \ingroup tools
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   606
    \ingroup shared
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   607
    \ingroup string-processing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   608
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   609
    \reentrant
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   610
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   611
    QByteArray can be used to store both raw bytes (including '\\0's)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   612
    and traditional 8-bit '\\0'-terminated strings. Using QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   613
    is much more convenient than using \c{const char *}. Behind the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   614
    scenes, it always ensures that the data is followed by a '\\0'
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   615
    terminator, and uses \l{implicit sharing} (copy-on-write) to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   616
    reduce memory usage and avoid needless copying of data.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   617
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   618
    In addition to QByteArray, Qt also provides the QString class to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   619
    store string data. For most purposes, QString is the class you
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   620
    want to use. It stores 16-bit Unicode characters, making it easy
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   621
    to store non-ASCII/non-Latin-1 characters in your application.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   622
    Furthermore, QString is used throughout in the Qt API. The two
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   623
    main cases where QByteArray is appropriate are when you need to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   624
    store raw binary data, and when memory conservation is critical
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   625
    (e.g., with Qt for Embedded Linux).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   626
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   627
    One way to initialize a QByteArray is simply to pass a \c{const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   628
    char *} to its constructor. For example, the following code
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   629
    creates a byte array of size 5 containing the data "Hello":
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   630
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   631
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   632
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   633
    Although the size() is 5, the byte array also maintains an extra
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   634
    '\\0' character at the end so that if a function is used that
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   635
    asks for a pointer to the underlying data (e.g. a call to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   636
    data()), the data pointed to is guaranteed to be
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   637
    '\\0'-terminated.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   638
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   639
    QByteArray makes a deep copy of the \c{const char *} data, so you
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   640
    can modify it later without experiencing side effects. (If for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   641
    performance reasons you don't want to take a deep copy of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   642
    character data, use QByteArray::fromRawData() instead.)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   643
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   644
    Another approach is to set the size of the array using resize()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   645
    and to initialize the data byte per byte. QByteArray uses 0-based
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   646
    indexes, just like C++ arrays. To access the byte at a particular
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   647
    index position, you can use operator[](). On non-const byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   648
    arrays, operator[]() returns a reference to a byte that can be
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   649
    used on the left side of an assignment. For example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   650
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   651
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   652
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   653
    For read-only access, an alternative syntax is to use at():
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   654
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   655
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   656
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   657
    at() can be faster than operator[](), because it never causes a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   658
    \l{deep copy} to occur.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   659
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   660
    To extract many bytes at a time, use left(), right(), or mid().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   661
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   662
    A QByteArray can embed '\\0' bytes. The size() function always
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   663
    returns the size of the whole array, including embedded '\\0'
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   664
    bytes. If you want to obtain the length of the data up to and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   665
    excluding the first '\\0' character, call qstrlen() on the byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   666
    array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   667
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   668
    After a call to resize(), newly allocated bytes have undefined
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   669
    values. To set all the bytes to a particular value, call fill().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   670
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   671
    To obtain a pointer to the actual character data, call data() or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   672
    constData(). These functions return a pointer to the beginning of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   673
    the data. The pointer is guaranteed to remain valid until a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   674
    non-const function is called on the QByteArray. It is also
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   675
    guaranteed that the data ends with a '\\0' byte. This '\\0' byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   676
    is automatically provided by QByteArray and is not counted in
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   677
    size().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   678
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   679
    QByteArray provides the following basic functions for modifying
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   680
    the byte data: append(), prepend(), insert(), replace(), and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   681
    remove(). For example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   682
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   683
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 3
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   684
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   685
    The replace() and remove() functions' first two arguments are the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   686
    position from which to start erasing and the number of bytes that
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   687
    should be erased.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   688
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   689
    When you append() data to a non-empty array, the array will be
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   690
    reallocated and the new data copied to it. You can avoid this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   691
    behavior by calling reserve(), which preallocates a certain amount
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   692
    of memory. You can also call capacity() to find out how much
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   693
    memory QByteArray actually allocated. Data appended to an empty
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   694
    array is not copied.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   695
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   696
    A frequent requirement is to remove whitespace characters from a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   697
    byte array ('\\n', '\\t', ' ', etc.). If you want to remove
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   698
    whitespace from both ends of a QByteArray, use trimmed(). If you
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   699
    want to remove whitespace from both ends and replace multiple
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   700
    consecutive whitespaces with a single space character within the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   701
    byte array, use simplified().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   702
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   703
    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular character or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   704
    substring in a QByteArray, use indexOf() or lastIndexOf(). The
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   705
    former searches forward starting from a given index position, the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   706
    latter searches backward. Both return the index position of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   707
    character or substring if they find it; otherwise, they return -1.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   708
    For example, here's a typical loop that finds all occurrences of a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   709
    particular substring:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   710
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   711
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 4
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   712
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   713
    If you simply want to check whether a QByteArray contains a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   714
    particular character or substring, use contains(). If you want to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   715
    find out how many times a particular character or substring
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   716
    occurs in the byte array, use count(). If you want to replace all
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   717
    occurrences of a particular value with another, use one of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   718
    two-parameter replace() overloads.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   719
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   720
    QByteArrays can be compared using overloaded operators such as
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   721
    operator<(), operator<=(), operator==(), operator>=(), and so on.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   722
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   723
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   724
    expect. QString::localeAwareCompare() is a better choice for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   725
    sorting user-interface strings.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   726
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   727
    For historical reasons, QByteArray distinguishes between a null
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   728
    byte array and an empty byte array. A \e null byte array is a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   729
    byte array that is initialized using QByteArray's default
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   730
    constructor or by passing (const char *)0 to the constructor. An
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   731
    \e empty byte array is any byte array with size 0. A null byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   732
    array is always empty, but an empty byte array isn't necessarily
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   733
    null:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   734
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   735
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   736
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   737
    All functions except isNull() treat null byte arrays the same as
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   738
    empty byte arrays. For example, data() returns a pointer to a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   739
    '\\0' character for a null byte array (\e not a null pointer),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   740
    and QByteArray() compares equal to QByteArray(""). We recommend
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   741
    that you always use isEmpty() and avoid isNull().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   742
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   743
    \section1 Notes on Locale
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   744
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   745
    \section2 Number-String Conversions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   746
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   747
    Functions that perform conversions between numeric data types and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   748
    strings are performed in the C locale, irrespective of the user's
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   749
    locale settings. Use QString to perform locale-aware conversions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   750
    between numbers and strings.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   751
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   752
    \section2 8-bit Character Comparisons
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   753
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   754
    In QByteArray, the notion of uppercase and lowercase and of which
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   755
    character is greater than or less than another character is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   756
    locale dependent. This affects functions that support a case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   757
    insensitive option or that compare or lowercase or uppercase
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   758
    their arguments. Case insensitive operations and comparisons will
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   759
    be accurate if both strings contain only ASCII characters. (If \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   760
    $LC_CTYPE is set, most Unix systems do "the right thing".)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   761
    Functions that this affects include contains(), indexOf(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   762
    lastIndexOf(), operator<(), operator<=(), operator>(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   763
    operator>=(), toLower() and toUpper().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   764
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   765
    This issue does not apply to QStrings since they represent
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   766
    characters using Unicode.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   767
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   768
    \sa QString, QBitArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   769
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   770
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   771
/*! \fn QByteArray::iterator QByteArray::begin()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   772
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   773
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   774
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   775
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   776
/*! \fn QByteArray::const_iterator QByteArray::begin() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   777
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   778
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   779
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   780
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   781
/*! \fn QByteArray::const_iterator QByteArray::constBegin() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   782
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   783
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   784
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   785
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   786
/*! \fn QByteArray::iterator QByteArray::end()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   787
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   788
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   789
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   790
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   791
/*! \fn QByteArray::const_iterator QByteArray::end() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   792
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   793
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   794
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   795
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   796
/*! \fn QByteArray::const_iterator QByteArray::constEnd() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   797
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   798
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   799
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   800
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   801
/*! \fn void QByteArray::push_back(const QByteArray &other)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   802
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   803
    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   804
    to append(\a other).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   805
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   806
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   807
/*! \fn void QByteArray::push_back(const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   808
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   809
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   810
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   811
    Same as append(\a str).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   812
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   813
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   814
/*! \fn void QByteArray::push_back(char ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   815
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   816
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   817
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   818
    Same as append(\a ch).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   819
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   820
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   821
/*! \fn void QByteArray::push_front(const QByteArray &other)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   822
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   823
    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   824
    to prepend(\a other).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   825
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   826
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   827
/*! \fn void QByteArray::push_front(const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   828
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   829
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   830
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   831
    Same as prepend(\a str).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   832
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   833
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   834
/*! \fn void QByteArray::push_front(char ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   835
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   836
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   837
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   838
    Same as prepend(\a ch).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   839
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   840
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   841
/*! \fn QByteArray::QByteArray(const QByteArray &other)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   842
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   843
    Constructs a copy of \a other.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   844
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   845
    This operation takes \l{constant time}, because QByteArray is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   846
    \l{implicitly shared}. This makes returning a QByteArray from a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   847
    function very fast. If a shared instance is modified, it will be
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   848
    copied (copy-on-write), and that takes \l{linear time}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   849
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   850
    \sa operator=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   851
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   852
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   853
/*! \fn QByteArray::~QByteArray()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   854
    Destroys the byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   855
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   856
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   857
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   858
    Assigns \a other to this byte array and returns a reference to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   859
    this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   860
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   861
QByteArray &QByteArray::operator=(const QByteArray & other)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   862
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   863
    other.d->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   864
    if (!d->ref.deref())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   865
        qFree(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   866
    d = other.d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   867
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   868
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   869
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   870
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   871
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   872
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   873
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   874
    Assigns \a str to this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   875
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   876
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   877
QByteArray &QByteArray::operator=(const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   878
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   879
    Data *x;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   880
    if (!str) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   881
        x = &shared_null;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   882
    } else if (!*str) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   883
        x = &shared_empty;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   884
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   885
        int len = qstrlen(str);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   886
        if (d->ref != 1 || len > d->alloc || (len < d->size && len < d->alloc >> 1))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   887
            realloc(len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   888
        x = d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   889
        memcpy(x->data, str, len + 1); // include null terminator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   890
        x->size = len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   891
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   892
    x->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   893
    if (!d->ref.deref())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   894
         qFree(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   895
    d = x;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   896
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   897
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   898
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   899
/*! \fn int QByteArray::size() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   900
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   901
    Returns the number of bytes in this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   902
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   903
    The last byte in the byte array is at position size() - 1. In
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   904
    addition, QByteArray ensures that the byte at position size() is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   905
    always '\\0', so that you can use the return value of data() and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   906
    constData() as arguments to functions that expect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   907
    '\\0'-terminated strings.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   908
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   909
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   910
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 6
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   911
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   912
    \sa isEmpty(), resize()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   913
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   914
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   915
/*! \fn bool QByteArray::isEmpty() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   916
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   917
    Returns true if the byte array has size 0; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   918
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   919
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   920
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 7
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   921
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   922
    \sa size()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   923
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   924
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   925
/*! \fn int QByteArray::capacity() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   926
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   927
    Returns the maximum number of bytes that can be stored in the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   928
    byte array without forcing a reallocation.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   929
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   930
    The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   931
    tuning QByteArray's memory usage. In general, you will rarely
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   932
    ever need to call this function. If you want to know how many
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   933
    bytes are in the byte array, call size().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   934
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   935
    \sa reserve(), squeeze()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   936
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   937
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   938
/*! \fn void QByteArray::reserve(int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   939
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   940
    Attempts to allocate memory for at least \a size bytes. If you
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   941
    know in advance how large the byte array will be, you can call
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   942
    this function, and if you call resize() often you are likely to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   943
    get better performance. If \a size is an underestimate, the worst
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   944
    that will happen is that the QByteArray will be a bit slower.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   945
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   946
    The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   947
    tuning QByteArray's memory usage. In general, you will rarely
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   948
    ever need to call this function. If you want to change the size
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   949
    of the byte array, call resize().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   950
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   951
    \sa squeeze(), capacity()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   952
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   953
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   954
/*! \fn void QByteArray::squeeze()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   955
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   956
    Releases any memory not required to store the array's data.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   957
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   958
    The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   959
    tuning QByteArray's memory usage. In general, you will rarely
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   960
    ever need to call this function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   961
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   962
    \sa reserve(), capacity()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   963
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   964
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   965
/*! \fn QByteArray::operator const char *() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   966
    \fn QByteArray::operator const void *() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   967
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   968
    Returns a pointer to the data stored in the byte array. The
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   969
    pointer can be used to access the bytes that compose the array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   970
    The data is '\\0'-terminated. The pointer remains valid as long
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   971
    as the array isn't reallocated or destroyed.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   972
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   973
    This operator is mostly useful to pass a byte array to a function
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   974
    that accepts a \c{const char *}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   975
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   976
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   977
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_BYTEARRAY when you compile your applications.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   978
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   979
    Note: A QByteArray can store any byte values including '\\0's,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   980
    but most functions that take \c{char *} arguments assume that the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   981
    data ends at the first '\\0' they encounter.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   982
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   983
    \sa constData()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   984
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   985
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   986
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   987
  \macro QT_NO_CAST_FROM_BYTEARRAY
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   988
  \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   989
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   990
  Disables automatic conversions from QByteArray to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   991
  const char * or const void *.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   992
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   993
  \sa QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII, QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   994
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   995
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   996
/*! \fn char *QByteArray::data()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   997
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   998
    Returns a pointer to the data stored in the byte array. The
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   999
    pointer can be used to access and modify the bytes that compose
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1000
    the array. The data is '\\0'-terminated.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1001
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1002
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1003
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 8
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1004
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1005
    The pointer remains valid as long as the byte array isn't
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1006
    reallocated or destroyed. For read-only access, constData() is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1007
    faster because it never causes a \l{deep copy} to occur.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1008
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1009
    This function is mostly useful to pass a byte array to a function
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1010
    that accepts a \c{const char *}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1011
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1012
    Note: A QByteArray can store any byte values including '\\0's,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1013
    but most functions that take \c{char *} arguments assume that the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1014
    data ends at the first '\\0' they encounter.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1015
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1016
    \sa constData(), operator[]()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1017
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1018
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1019
/*! \fn const char *QByteArray::data() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1020
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1021
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1022
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1023
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1024
/*! \fn const char *QByteArray::constData() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1025
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1026
    Returns a pointer to the data stored in the byte array. The
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1027
    pointer can be used to access the bytes that compose the array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1028
    The data is '\\0'-terminated. The pointer remains valid as long
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1029
    as the byte array isn't reallocated or destroyed.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1030
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1031
    This function is mostly useful to pass a byte array to a function
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1032
    that accepts a \c{const char *}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1033
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1034
    Note: A QByteArray can store any byte values including '\\0's,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1035
    but most functions that take \c{char *} arguments assume that the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1036
    data ends at the first '\\0' they encounter.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1037
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1038
    \sa data(), operator[]()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1039
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1040
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1041
/*! \fn void QByteArray::detach()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1042
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1043
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1044
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1045
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1046
/*! \fn bool QByteArray::isDetached() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1047
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1048
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1049
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1050
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1051
/*! \fn char QByteArray::at(int i) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1052
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1053
    Returns the character at index position \a i in the byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1054
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1055
    \a i must be a valid index position in the byte array (i.e., 0 <=
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1056
    \a i < size()).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1057
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1058
    \sa operator[]()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1059
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1060
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1061
/*! \fn QByteRef QByteArray::operator[](int i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1062
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1063
    Returns the byte at index position \a i as a modifiable reference.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1064
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1065
    If an assignment is made beyond the end of the byte array, the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1066
    array is extended with resize() before the assignment takes
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1067
    place.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1068
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1069
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1070
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 9
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1071
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1072
    The return value is of type QByteRef, a helper class for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1073
    QByteArray. When you get an object of type QByteRef, you can use
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1074
    it as if it were a char &. If you assign to it, the assignment
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1075
    will apply to the character in the QByteArray from which you got
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1076
    the reference.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1077
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1078
    \sa at()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1079
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1080
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1081
/*! \fn char QByteArray::operator[](int i) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1082
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1083
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1084
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1085
    Same as at(\a i).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1086
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1087
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1088
/*! \fn QByteRef QByteArray::operator[](uint i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1089
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1090
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1091
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1092
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1093
/*! \fn char QByteArray::operator[](uint i) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1094
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1095
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1096
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1097
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1098
/*! \fn QBool QByteArray::contains(const QByteArray &ba) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1099
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1100
    Returns true if the byte array contains an occurrence of the byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1101
    array \a ba; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1102
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1103
    \sa indexOf(), count()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1104
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1105
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1106
/*! \fn QBool QByteArray::contains(const char *str) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1107
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1108
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1109
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1110
    Returns true if the byte array contains the string \a str;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1111
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1112
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1113
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1114
/*! \fn QBool QByteArray::contains(char ch) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1115
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1116
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1117
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1118
    Returns true if the byte array contains the character \a ch;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1119
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1120
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1121
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1122
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1123
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1124
    Truncates the byte array at index position \a pos.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1125
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1126
    If \a pos is beyond the end of the array, nothing happens.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1127
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1128
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1129
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 10
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1130
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1131
    \sa chop(), resize(), left()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1132
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1133
void QByteArray::truncate(int pos)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1134
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1135
    if (pos < d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1136
        resize(pos);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1137
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1138
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1139
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1140
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1141
    Removes \a n bytes from the end of the byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1142
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1143
    If \a n is greater than size(), the result is an empty byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1144
    array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1145
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1146
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1147
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 11
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1148
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1149
    \sa truncate(), resize(), left()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1150
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1151
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1152
void QByteArray::chop(int n)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1153
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1154
    if (n > 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1155
        resize(d->size - n);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1156
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1157
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1158
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1159
/*! \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::operator+=(const QByteArray &ba)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1160
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1161
    Appends the byte array \a ba onto the end of this byte array and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1162
    returns a reference to this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1163
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1164
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1165
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 12
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1166
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1167
    This operation is typically very fast (\l{constant time}),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1168
    because QByteArray preallocates extra space at the end of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1169
    character data so it can grow without reallocating the entire
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1170
    data each time.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1171
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1172
    \sa append(), prepend()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1173
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1174
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1175
/*! \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::operator+=(const QString &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1176
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1177
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1178
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1179
    Appends the string \a str onto the end of this byte array and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1180
    returns a reference to this byte array. The Unicode data is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1181
    converted into 8-bit characters using QString::toAscii().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1182
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1183
    If the QString contains non-ASCII Unicode characters, using this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1184
    operator can lead to loss of information. You can disable this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1185
    operator by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII when you compile your
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1186
    applications. You then need to call QString::toAscii() (or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1187
    QString::toLatin1() or QString::toUtf8() or QString::toLocal8Bit())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1188
    explicitly if you want to convert the data to \c{const char *}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1189
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1190
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1191
/*! \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::operator+=(const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1192
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1193
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1194
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1195
    Appends the string \a str onto the end of this byte array and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1196
    returns a reference to this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1197
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1198
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1199
/*! \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::operator+=(char ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1200
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1201
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1202
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1203
    Appends the character \a ch onto the end of this byte array and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1204
    returns a reference to this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1205
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1206
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1207
/*! \fn int QByteArray::length() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1208
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1209
    Same as size().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1210
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1211
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1212
/*! \fn bool QByteArray::isNull() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1213
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1214
    Returns true if this byte array is null; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1215
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1216
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1217
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 13
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1218
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1219
    Qt makes a distinction between null byte arrays and empty byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1220
    arrays for historical reasons. For most applications, what
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1221
    matters is whether or not a byte array contains any data,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1222
    and this can be determined using isEmpty().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1223
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1224
    \sa isEmpty()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1225
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1226
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1227
/*! \fn QByteArray::QByteArray()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1228
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1229
    Constructs an empty byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1230
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1231
    \sa isEmpty()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1232
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1233
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1234
/*! \fn QByteArray::QByteArray(const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1235
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1236
    Constructs a byte array initialized with the string \a str.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1237
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1238
    QByteArray makes a deep copy of the string data.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1239
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1240
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1241
QByteArray::QByteArray(const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1242
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1243
    if (!str) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1244
        d = &shared_null;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1245
    } else if (!*str) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1246
        d = &shared_empty;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1247
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1248
        int len = qstrlen(str);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1249
        d = static_cast<Data *>(qMalloc(sizeof(Data)+len));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1250
        Q_CHECK_PTR(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1251
        d->ref = 0;;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1252
        d->alloc = d->size = len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1253
        d->data = d->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1254
        memcpy(d->array, str, len+1); // include null terminator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1255
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1256
    d->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1257
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1258
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1259
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1260
    Constructs a byte array containing the first \a size bytes of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1261
    array \a data.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1262
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1263
    If \a data is 0, a null byte array is constructed.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1264
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1265
    QByteArray makes a deep copy of the string data.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1266
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1267
    \sa fromRawData()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1268
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1269
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1270
QByteArray::QByteArray(const char *data, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1271
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1272
    if (!data) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1273
        d = &shared_null;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1274
    } else if (size <= 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1275
        d = &shared_empty;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1276
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1277
        d = static_cast<Data *>(qMalloc(sizeof(Data) + size));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1278
        Q_CHECK_PTR(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1279
        d->ref = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1280
        d->alloc = d->size = size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1281
        d->data = d->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1282
        memcpy(d->array, data, size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1283
        d->array[size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1284
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1285
    d->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1286
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1287
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1288
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1289
    Constructs a byte array of size \a size with every byte set to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1290
    character \a ch.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1291
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1292
    \sa fill()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1293
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1294
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1295
QByteArray::QByteArray(int size, char ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1296
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1297
    if (size <= 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1298
        d = &shared_null;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1299
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1300
        d = static_cast<Data *>(qMalloc(sizeof(Data)+size));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1301
        Q_CHECK_PTR(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1302
        d->ref = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1303
        d->alloc = d->size = size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1304
        d->data = d->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1305
        d->array[size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1306
        memset(d->array, ch, size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1307
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1308
    d->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1309
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1310
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1311
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1312
    \internal 
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1313
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1314
    Constructs a byte array of size \a size with uninitialized contents.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1315
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1316
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1317
QByteArray::QByteArray(int size, Qt::Initialization)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1318
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1319
    d = static_cast<Data *>(qMalloc(sizeof(Data)+size));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1320
    Q_CHECK_PTR(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1321
    d->ref = 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1322
    d->alloc = d->size = size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1323
    d->data = d->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1324
    d->array[size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1325
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1326
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1327
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1328
    Sets the size of the byte array to \a size bytes.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1329
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1330
    If \a size is greater than the current size, the byte array is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1331
    extended to make it \a size bytes with the extra bytes added to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1332
    the end. The new bytes are uninitialized.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1333
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1334
    If \a size is less than the current size, bytes are removed from
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1335
    the end.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1336
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1337
    \sa size()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1338
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1339
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1340
void QByteArray::resize(int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1341
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1342
    if (size <= 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1343
        Data *x = &shared_empty;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1344
        x->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1345
        if (!d->ref.deref())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1346
            qFree(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1347
        d = x;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1348
    } else if (d == &shared_null) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1349
        //
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1350
        // Optimize the idiom:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1351
        //    QByteArray a;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1352
        //    a.resize(sz);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1353
        //    ...
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1354
        // which is used in place of the Qt 3 idiom:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1355
        //    QByteArray a(sz);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1356
        //
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1357
        Data *x = static_cast<Data *>(qMalloc(sizeof(Data)+size));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1358
        Q_CHECK_PTR(x);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1359
        x->ref = 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1360
        x->alloc = x->size = size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1361
        x->data = x->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1362
        x->array[size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1363
        (void) d->ref.deref(); // cannot be 0, x points to shared_null
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1364
        d = x;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1365
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1366
        if (d->ref != 1 || size > d->alloc || (size < d->size && size < d->alloc >> 1))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1367
            realloc(qAllocMore(size, sizeof(Data)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1368
        if (d->alloc >= size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1369
            d->size = size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1370
            if (d->data == d->array) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1371
                d->array[size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1372
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1373
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1374
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1375
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1376
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1377
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1378
    Sets every byte in the byte array to character \a ch. If \a size
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1379
    is different from -1 (the default), the byte array is resized to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1380
    size \a size beforehand.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1381
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1382
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1383
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 14
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1384
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1385
    \sa resize()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1386
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1387
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1388
QByteArray &QByteArray::fill(char ch, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1389
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1390
    resize(size < 0 ? d->size : size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1391
    if (d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1392
        memset(d->data, ch, d->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1393
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1394
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1395
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1396
void QByteArray::realloc(int alloc)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1397
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1398
    if (d->ref != 1 || d->data != d->array) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1399
        Data *x = static_cast<Data *>(qMalloc(sizeof(Data) + alloc));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1400
        Q_CHECK_PTR(x);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1401
        x->size = qMin(alloc, d->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1402
        ::memcpy(x->array, d->data, x->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1403
        x->array[x->size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1404
        x->ref = 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1405
        x->alloc = alloc;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1406
        x->data = x->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1407
        if (!d->ref.deref())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1408
            qFree(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1409
        d = x;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1410
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1411
        Data *x = static_cast<Data *>(qRealloc(d, sizeof(Data) + alloc));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1412
        Q_CHECK_PTR(x);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1413
        x->alloc = alloc;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1414
        x->data = x->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1415
        d = x;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1416
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1417
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1418
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1419
void QByteArray::expand(int i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1420
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1421
    resize(qMax(i + 1, d->size));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1422
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1423
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1424
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1425
   \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1426
   Return a QByteArray that is sure to be NUL-terminated.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1427
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1428
   By default, all QByteArray have an extra NUL at the end,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1429
   guaranteeing that assumption. However, if QByteArray::fromRawData
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1430
   is used, then the NUL is there only if the user put it there. We
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1431
   can't be sure.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1432
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1433
QByteArray QByteArray::nulTerminated() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1434
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1435
    // is this fromRawData?
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1436
    if (d->data == d->array)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1437
        return *this;           // no, then we're sure we're zero terminated
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1438
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1439
    QByteArray copy(*this);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1440
    copy.detach();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1441
    return copy;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1442
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1443
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1444
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1445
    Prepends the byte array \a ba to this byte array and returns a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1446
    reference to this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1447
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1448
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1449
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 15
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1450
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1451
    This is the same as insert(0, \a ba).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1452
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1453
    Note: QByteArray is an \l{implicitly shared} class. Consequently,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1454
    if \e this is an empty QByteArray, then \e this will just share
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1455
    the data held in \a ba. In this case, no copying of data is done.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1456
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1457
    \sa append(), insert()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1458
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1459
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1460
QByteArray &QByteArray::prepend(const QByteArray &ba)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1461
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1462
    if ((d == &shared_null || d == &shared_empty) && !IS_RAW_DATA(ba.d)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1463
        *this = ba;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1464
    } else if (ba.d != &shared_null) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1465
        QByteArray tmp = *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1466
        *this = ba;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1467
        append(tmp);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1468
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1469
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1470
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1471
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1472
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1473
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1474
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1475
    Prepends the string \a str to this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1476
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1477
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1478
QByteArray &QByteArray::prepend(const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1479
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1480
    return prepend(str, qstrlen(str));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1481
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1482
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1483
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1484
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1485
    \since 4.6
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1486
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1487
    Prepends \a len bytes of the string \a str to this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1488
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1489
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1490
QByteArray &QByteArray::prepend(const char *str, int len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1491
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1492
    if (str) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1493
        if (d->ref != 1 || d->size + len > d->alloc)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1494
            realloc(qAllocMore(d->size + len, sizeof(Data)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1495
        memmove(d->data+len, d->data, d->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1496
        memcpy(d->data, str, len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1497
        d->size += len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1498
        d->data[d->size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1499
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1500
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1501
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1502
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1503
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1504
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1505
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1506
    Prepends the character \a ch to this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1507
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1508
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1509
QByteArray &QByteArray::prepend(char ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1510
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1511
    if (d->ref != 1 || d->size + 1 > d->alloc)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1512
        realloc(qAllocMore(d->size + 1, sizeof(Data)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1513
    memmove(d->data+1, d->data, d->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1514
    d->data[0] = ch;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1515
    ++d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1516
    d->data[d->size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1517
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1518
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1519
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1520
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1521
    Appends the byte array \a ba onto the end of this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1522
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1523
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1524
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 16
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1525
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1526
    This is the same as insert(size(), \a ba).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1527
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1528
    This operation is typically very fast (\l{constant time}),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1529
    because QByteArray preallocates extra space at the end of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1530
    character data so it can grow without reallocating the entire
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1531
    data each time.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1532
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1533
    Note: QByteArray is an \l{implicitly shared} class. Consequently,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1534
    if \e this is an empty QByteArray, then \e this will just share
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1535
    the data held in \a ba. In this case, no copying of data is done.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1536
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1537
    \sa operator+=(), prepend(), insert()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1538
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1539
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1540
QByteArray &QByteArray::append(const QByteArray &ba)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1541
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1542
    if ((d == &shared_null || d == &shared_empty) && !IS_RAW_DATA(ba.d)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1543
        *this = ba;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1544
    } else if (ba.d != &shared_null) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1545
        if (d->ref != 1 || d->size + ba.d->size > d->alloc)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1546
            realloc(qAllocMore(d->size + ba.d->size, sizeof(Data)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1547
        memcpy(d->data + d->size, ba.d->data, ba.d->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1548
        d->size += ba.d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1549
        d->data[d->size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1550
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1551
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1552
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1553
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1554
/*! \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::append(const QString &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1555
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1556
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1557
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1558
    Appends the string \a str to this byte array. The Unicode data is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1559
    converted into 8-bit characters using QString::toAscii().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1560
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1561
    If the QString contains non-ASCII Unicode characters, using this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1562
    function can lead to loss of information. You can disable this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1563
    function by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII when you compile your
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1564
    applications. You then need to call QString::toAscii() (or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1565
    QString::toLatin1() or QString::toUtf8() or QString::toLocal8Bit())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1566
    explicitly if you want to convert the data to \c{const char *}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1567
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1568
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1569
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1570
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1571
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1572
    Appends the string \a str to this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1573
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1574
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1575
QByteArray& QByteArray::append(const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1576
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1577
    if (str) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1578
        int len = qstrlen(str);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1579
        if (d->ref != 1 || d->size + len > d->alloc)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1580
            realloc(qAllocMore(d->size + len, sizeof(Data)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1581
        memcpy(d->data + d->size, str, len + 1); // include null terminator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1582
        d->size += len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1583
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1584
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1585
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1586
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1587
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1588
    \overload append()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1589
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1590
    Appends the first \a len characters of the string \a str to this byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1591
    array and returns a reference to this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1592
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1593
    If \a len is negative, the length of the string will be determined
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1594
    automatically using qstrlen(). If \a len is zero or the length of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1595
    string is zero, nothing will be appended to the byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1596
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1597
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1598
QByteArray &QByteArray::append(const char *str, int len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1599
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1600
    if (len < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1601
        len = qstrlen(str);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1602
    if (str && len) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1603
        if (d->ref != 1 || d->size + len > d->alloc)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1604
            realloc(qAllocMore(d->size + len, sizeof(Data)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1605
        memcpy(d->data + d->size, str, len); // include null terminator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1606
        d->size += len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1607
        d->data[d->size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1608
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1609
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1610
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1611
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1612
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1613
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1614
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1615
    Appends the character \a ch to this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1616
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1617
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1618
QByteArray& QByteArray::append(char ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1619
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1620
    if (d->ref != 1 || d->size + 1 > d->alloc)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1621
        realloc(qAllocMore(d->size + 1, sizeof(Data)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1622
    d->data[d->size++] = ch;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1623
    d->data[d->size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1624
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1625
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1626
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1627
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1628
  \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1629
  Inserts \a len bytes from the array \a arr at position \a pos and returns a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1630
  reference the modified byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1631
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1632
static inline QByteArray &qbytearray_insert(QByteArray *ba,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1633
                                            int pos, const char *arr, int len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1634
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1635
    Q_ASSERT(pos >= 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1636
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1637
    if (pos < 0 || len <= 0 || arr == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1638
        return *ba;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1639
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1640
    int oldsize = ba->size();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1641
    ba->resize(qMax(pos, oldsize) + len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1642
    char *dst = ba->data();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1643
    if (pos > oldsize)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1644
        ::memset(dst + oldsize, 0x20, pos - oldsize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1645
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1646
        ::memmove(dst + pos + len, dst + pos, oldsize - pos);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1647
    memcpy(dst + pos, arr, len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1648
    return *ba;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1649
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1650
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1651
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1652
    Inserts the byte array \a ba at index position \a i and returns a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1653
    reference to this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1654
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1655
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1656
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 17
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1657
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1658
    \sa append(), prepend(), replace(), remove()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1659
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1660
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1661
QByteArray &QByteArray::insert(int i, const QByteArray &ba)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1662
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1663
    QByteArray copy(ba);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1664
    return qbytearray_insert(this, i, copy.d->data, copy.d->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1665
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1666
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1667
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1668
    \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::insert(int i, const QString &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1669
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1670
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1671
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1672
    Inserts the string \a str at index position \a i in the byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1673
    array. The Unicode data is converted into 8-bit characters using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1674
    QString::toAscii().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1675
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1676
    If \a i is greater than size(), the array is first extended using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1677
    resize().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1678
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1679
    If the QString contains non-ASCII Unicode characters, using this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1680
    function can lead to loss of information. You can disable this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1681
    function by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII when you compile your
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1682
    applications. You then need to call QString::toAscii() (or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1683
    QString::toLatin1() or QString::toUtf8() or QString::toLocal8Bit())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1684
    explicitly if you want to convert the data to \c{const char *}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1685
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1686
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1687
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1688
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1689
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1690
    Inserts the string \a str at position \a i in the byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1691
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1692
    If \a i is greater than size(), the array is first extended using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1693
    resize().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1694
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1695
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1696
QByteArray &QByteArray::insert(int i, const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1697
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1698
    return qbytearray_insert(this, i, str, qstrlen(str));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1699
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1700
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1701
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1702
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1703
    \since 4.6
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1704
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1705
    Inserts \a len bytes of the string \a str at position
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1706
    \a i in the byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1707
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1708
    If \a i is greater than size(), the array is first extended using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1709
    resize().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1710
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1711
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1712
QByteArray &QByteArray::insert(int i, const char *str, int len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1713
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1714
    return qbytearray_insert(this, i, str, len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1715
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1716
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1717
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1718
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1719
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1720
    Inserts character \a ch at index position \a i in the byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1721
    If \a i is greater than size(), the array is first extended using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1722
    resize().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1723
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1724
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1725
QByteArray &QByteArray::insert(int i, char ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1726
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1727
    return qbytearray_insert(this, i, &ch, 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1728
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1729
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1730
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1731
    Removes \a len bytes from the array, starting at index position \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1732
    pos, and returns a reference to the array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1733
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1734
    If \a pos is out of range, nothing happens. If \a pos is valid,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1735
    but \a pos + \a len is larger than the size of the array, the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1736
    array is truncated at position \a pos.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1737
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1738
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1739
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 18
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1740
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1741
    \sa insert(), replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1742
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1743
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1744
QByteArray &QByteArray::remove(int pos, int len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1745
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1746
    if (len <= 0  || pos >= d->size || pos < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1747
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1748
    detach();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1749
    if (pos + len >= d->size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1750
        resize(pos);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1751
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1752
        memmove(d->data + pos, d->data + pos + len, d->size - pos - len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1753
        resize(d->size - len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1754
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1755
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1756
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1757
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1758
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1759
    Replaces \a len bytes from index position \a pos with the byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1760
    array \a after, and returns a reference to this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1761
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1762
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1763
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 19
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1764
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1765
    \sa insert(), remove()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1766
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1767
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1768
QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(int pos, int len, const QByteArray &after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1769
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1770
    if (len == after.d->size && (pos + len <= d->size)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1771
        detach();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1772
        memmove(d->data + pos, after.d->data, len*sizeof(char));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1773
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1774
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1775
        QByteArray copy(after);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1776
        // ### optimise me
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1777
        remove(pos, len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1778
        return insert(pos, copy);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1779
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1780
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1781
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1782
/*! \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(int pos, int len, const char *after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1783
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1784
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1785
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1786
QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(int pos, int len, const char *after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1787
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1788
    int alen = qstrlen(after);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1789
    if (len == alen && (pos + len <= d->size)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1790
        detach();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1791
        memcpy(d->data + pos, after, len*sizeof(char));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1792
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1793
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1794
        remove(pos, len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1795
        return qbytearray_insert(this, pos, after, alen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1796
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1797
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1798
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1799
// ### optimise all other replace method, by offering
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1800
// QByteArray::replace(const char *before, int blen, const char *after, int alen)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1801
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1802
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1803
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1804
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1805
    Replaces every occurrence of the byte array \a before with the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1806
    byte array \a after.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1807
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1808
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1809
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 20
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1810
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1811
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1812
QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(const QByteArray &before, const QByteArray &after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1813
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1814
    if (isNull() || before.d == after.d)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1815
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1816
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1817
    QByteArray aft = after;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1818
    if (after.d == d)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1819
        aft.detach();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1820
    
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1821
    return replace(before.constData(), before.size(), aft.constData(), aft.size());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1822
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1823
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1824
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1825
    \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(const char *before, const QByteArray &after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1826
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1827
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1828
    Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before with the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1829
    byte array \a after.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1830
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1831
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1832
QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(const char *c, const QByteArray &after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1833
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1834
    QByteArray aft = after;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1835
    if (after.d == d)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1836
        aft.detach();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1837
    
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1838
    return replace(c, qstrlen(c), aft.constData(), aft.size());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1839
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1840
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1841
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1842
    \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(const char *before, int bsize, const char *after, int asize)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1843
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1844
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1845
    Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before with the string \a after.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1846
    Since the sizes of the strings are given by \a bsize and \a asize, they
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1847
    may contain zero characters and do not need to be zero-terminated.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1848
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1849
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1850
QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(const char *before, int bsize, const char *after, int asize)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1851
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1852
    if (isNull() || (before == after && bsize == asize))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1853
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1854
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1855
    // protect against before or after being part of this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1856
    const char *a = after;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1857
    const char *b = before;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1858
    if (after >= d->data && after < d->data + d->size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1859
        char *copy = (char *)malloc(asize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1860
        Q_CHECK_PTR(copy);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1861
        memcpy(copy, after, asize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1862
        a = copy;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1863
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1864
    if (before >= d->data && before < d->data + d->size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1865
        char *copy = (char *)malloc(bsize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1866
        Q_CHECK_PTR(copy);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1867
        memcpy(copy, before, bsize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1868
        b = copy;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1869
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1870
    
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1871
    QByteArrayMatcher matcher(before, bsize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1872
    int index = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1873
    int len = d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1874
    char *d = data();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1875
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1876
    if (bsize == asize) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1877
        if (bsize) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1878
            while ((index = matcher.indexIn(*this, index)) != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1879
                memcpy(d + index, after, asize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1880
                index += bsize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1881
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1882
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1883
    } else if (asize < bsize) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1884
        uint to = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1885
        uint movestart = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1886
        uint num = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1887
        while ((index = matcher.indexIn(*this, index)) != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1888
            if (num) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1889
                int msize = index - movestart;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1890
                if (msize > 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1891
                    memmove(d + to, d + movestart, msize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1892
                    to += msize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1893
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1894
            } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1895
                to = index;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1896
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1897
            if (asize) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1898
                memcpy(d + to, after, asize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1899
                to += asize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1900
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1901
            index += bsize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1902
            movestart = index;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1903
            num++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1904
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1905
        if (num) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1906
            int msize = len - movestart;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1907
            if (msize > 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1908
                memmove(d + to, d + movestart, msize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1909
            resize(len - num*(bsize-asize));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1910
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1911
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1912
        // the most complex case. We don't want to lose performance by doing repeated
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1913
        // copies and reallocs of the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1914
        while (index != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1915
            uint indices[4096];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1916
            uint pos = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1917
            while(pos < 4095) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1918
                index = matcher.indexIn(*this, index);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1919
                if (index == -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1920
                    break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1921
                indices[pos++] = index;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1922
                index += bsize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1923
                // avoid infinite loop
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1924
                if (!bsize)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1925
                    index++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1926
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1927
            if (!pos)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1928
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1929
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1930
            // we have a table of replacement positions, use them for fast replacing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1931
            int adjust = pos*(asize-bsize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1932
            // index has to be adjusted in case we get back into the loop above.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1933
            if (index != -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1934
                index += adjust;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1935
            int newlen = len + adjust;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1936
            int moveend = len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1937
            if (newlen > len) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1938
                resize(newlen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1939
                len = newlen;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1940
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1941
            d = this->d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1942
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1943
            while(pos) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1944
                pos--;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1945
                int movestart = indices[pos] + bsize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1946
                int insertstart = indices[pos] + pos*(asize-bsize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1947
                int moveto = insertstart + asize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1948
                memmove(d + moveto, d + movestart, (moveend - movestart));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1949
                if (asize)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1950
                    memcpy(d + insertstart, after, asize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1951
                moveend = movestart - bsize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1952
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1953
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1954
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1955
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1956
    if (a != after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1957
        ::free((char *)a);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1958
    if (b != before)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1959
        ::free((char *)b);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1960
    
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1961
    
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1962
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1963
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1964
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1965
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1966
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1967
    \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(const QByteArray &before, const char *after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1968
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1969
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1970
    Replaces every occurrence of the byte array \a before with the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1971
    string \a after.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1972
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1973
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1974
/*! \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(const QString &before, const QByteArray &after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1975
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1976
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1977
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1978
    Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before with the byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1979
    array \a after. The Unicode data is converted into 8-bit
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1980
    characters using QString::toAscii().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1981
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1982
    If the QString contains non-ASCII Unicode characters, using this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1983
    function can lead to loss of information. You can disable this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1984
    function by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII when you compile your
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1985
    applications. You then need to call QString::toAscii() (or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1986
    QString::toLatin1() or QString::toUtf8() or QString::toLocal8Bit())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1987
    explicitly if you want to convert the data to \c{const char *}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1988
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1989
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1990
/*! \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(const QString &before, const char *after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1991
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1992
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1993
    Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before with the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1994
    \a after.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1995
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1996
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1997
/*! \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(const char *before, const char *after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1998
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1999
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2000
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2001
    Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before with the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2002
    \a after.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2003
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2004
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2005
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2006
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2007
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2008
    Replaces every occurrence of the character \a before with the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2009
    byte array \a after.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2010
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2011
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2012
QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(char before, const QByteArray &after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2013
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2014
    char b[2] = { before, '\0' };
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2015
    QByteArray cb = fromRawData(b, 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2016
    return replace(cb, after);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2017
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2018
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2019
/*! \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(char before, const QString &after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2020
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2021
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2022
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2023
    Replaces every occurrence of the character \a before with the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2024
    string \a after. The Unicode data is converted into 8-bit
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2025
    characters using QString::toAscii().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2026
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2027
    If the QString contains non-ASCII Unicode characters, using this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2028
    function can lead to loss of information. You can disable this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2029
    function by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII when you compile your
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2030
    applications. You then need to call QString::toAscii() (or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2031
    QString::toLatin1() or QString::toUtf8() or QString::toLocal8Bit())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2032
    explicitly if you want to convert the data to \c{const char *}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2033
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2034
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2035
/*! \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(char before, const char *after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2036
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2037
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2038
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2039
    Replaces every occurrence of the character \a before with the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2040
    string \a after.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2041
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2042
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2043
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2044
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2045
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2046
    Replaces every occurrence of the character \a before with the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2047
    character \a after.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2048
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2049
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2050
QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(char before, char after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2051
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2052
    if (d->size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2053
        char *i = data();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2054
        char *e = i + d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2055
        for (; i != e; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2056
            if (*i == before)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2057
                * i = after;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2058
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2059
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2060
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2061
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2062
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2063
    Splits the byte array into subarrays wherever \a sep occurs, and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2064
    returns the list of those arrays. If \a sep does not match
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2065
    anywhere in the byte array, split() returns a single-element list
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2066
    containing this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2067
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2068
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2069
QList<QByteArray> QByteArray::split(char sep) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2070
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2071
    QList<QByteArray> list;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2072
    int start = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2073
    int end;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2074
    while ((end = indexOf(sep, start)) != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2075
        list.append(mid(start, end - start));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2076
        start = end + 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2077
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2078
    list.append(mid(start));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2079
    return list;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2080
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2081
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2082
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2083
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2084
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2085
    Returns a copy of this byte array repeated the specified number of \a times.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2086
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2087
    If \a times is less than 1, an empty byte array is returned.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2088
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2089
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2090
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2091
    \code
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2092
        QByteArray ba("ab");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2093
        ba.repeated(4);             // returns "abababab"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2094
    \endcode
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2095
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2096
QByteArray QByteArray::repeated(int times) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2097
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2098
    if (d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2099
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2100
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2101
    if (times <= 1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2102
        if (times == 1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2103
            return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2104
        return QByteArray();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2105
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2106
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2107
    const int resultSize = times * d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2108
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2109
    QByteArray result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2110
    result.reserve(resultSize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2111
    if (result.d->alloc != resultSize)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2112
        return QByteArray(); // not enough memory
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2113
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2114
    qMemCopy(result.d->data, d->data, d->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2115
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2116
    int sizeSoFar = d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2117
    char *end = result.d->data + sizeSoFar;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2118
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2119
    const int halfResultSize = resultSize >> 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2120
    while (sizeSoFar <= halfResultSize) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2121
        qMemCopy(end, result.d->data, sizeSoFar);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2122
        end += sizeSoFar;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2123
        sizeSoFar <<= 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2124
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2125
    qMemCopy(end, result.d->data, resultSize - sizeSoFar);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2126
    result.d->data[resultSize] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2127
    result.d->size = resultSize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2128
    return result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2129
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2130
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2131
#define REHASH(a) \
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2132
    if (ol_minus_1 < sizeof(uint) * CHAR_BIT) \
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2133
        hashHaystack -= (a) << ol_minus_1; \
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2134
    hashHaystack <<= 1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2135
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2136
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2137
    Returns the index position of the first occurrence of the byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2138
    array \a ba in this byte array, searching forward from index
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2139
    position \a from. Returns -1 if \a ba could not be found.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2140
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2141
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2142
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 21
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2143
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2144
    \sa lastIndexOf(), contains(), count()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2145
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2146
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2147
int QByteArray::indexOf(const QByteArray &ba, int from) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2148
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2149
    const int ol = ba.d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2150
    if (ol == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2151
        return from;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2152
    if (ol == 1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2153
        return indexOf(*ba.d->data, from);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2154
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2155
    const int l = d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2156
    if (from > d->size || ol + from > l)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2157
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2158
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2159
    return qFindByteArray(d->data, d->size, from, ba.d->data, ol);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2160
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2161
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2162
/*! \fn int QByteArray::indexOf(const QString &str, int from) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2163
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2164
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2165
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2166
    Returns the index position of the first occurrence of the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2167
    \a str in the byte array, searching forward from index position
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2168
    \a from. Returns -1 if \a str could not be found.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2169
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2170
    The Unicode data is converted into 8-bit characters using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2171
    QString::toAscii().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2172
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2173
    If the QString contains non-ASCII Unicode characters, using this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2174
    function can lead to loss of information. You can disable this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2175
    function by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII when you compile your
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2176
    applications. You then need to call QString::toAscii() (or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2177
    QString::toLatin1() or QString::toUtf8() or QString::toLocal8Bit())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2178
    explicitly if you want to convert the data to \c{const char *}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2179
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2180
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2181
/*! \fn int QByteArray::indexOf(const char *str, int from) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2182
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2183
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2184
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2185
    Returns the index position of the first occurrence of the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2186
    \a str in the byte array, searching forward from index position \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2187
    from. Returns -1 if \a str could not be found.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2188
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2189
int QByteArray::indexOf(const char *c, int from) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2190
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2191
    const int ol = qstrlen(c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2192
    if (ol == 1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2193
        return indexOf(*c, from);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2194
    
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2195
    const int l = d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2196
    if (from > d->size || ol + from > l)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2197
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2198
    if (ol == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2199
        return from;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2200
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2201
    return qFindByteArray(d->data, d->size, from, c, ol);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2202
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2203
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2204
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2205
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2206
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2207
    Returns the index position of the first occurrence of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2208
    character \a ch in the byte array, searching forward from index
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2209
    position \a from. Returns -1 if \a ch could not be found.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2210
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2211
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2212
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 22
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2213
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2214
    \sa lastIndexOf(), contains()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2215
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2216
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2217
int QByteArray::indexOf(char ch, int from) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2218
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2219
    if (from < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2220
        from = qMax(from + d->size, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2221
    if (from < d->size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2222
        const char *n = d->data + from - 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2223
        const char *e = d->data + d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2224
        while (++n != e)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2225
        if (*n == ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2226
            return  n - d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2227
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2228
    return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2229
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2230
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2231
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2232
static int lastIndexOfHelper(const char *haystack, int l, const char *needle, int ol, int from)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2233
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2234
    int delta = l - ol;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2235
    if (from < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2236
        from = delta;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2237
    if (from < 0 || from > l)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2238
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2239
    if (from > delta)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2240
        from = delta;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2241
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2242
    const char *end = haystack;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2243
    haystack += from;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2244
    const uint ol_minus_1 = ol - 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2245
    const char *n = needle + ol_minus_1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2246
    const char *h = haystack + ol_minus_1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2247
    uint hashNeedle = 0, hashHaystack = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2248
    int idx;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2249
    for (idx = 0; idx < ol; ++idx) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2250
        hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) + *(n-idx));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2251
        hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) + *(h-idx));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2252
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2253
    hashHaystack -= *haystack;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2254
    while (haystack >= end) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2255
        hashHaystack += *haystack;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2256
        if (hashHaystack == hashNeedle && memcmp(needle, haystack, ol) == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2257
            return haystack - end;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2258
        --haystack;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2259
        REHASH(*(haystack + ol));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2260
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2261
    return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2262
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2263
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2264
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2265
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2266
    \fn int QByteArray::lastIndexOf(const QByteArray &ba, int from) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2267
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2268
    Returns the index position of the last occurrence of the byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2269
    array \a ba in this byte array, searching backward from index
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2270
    position \a from. If \a from is -1 (the default), the search
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2271
    starts at the last byte. Returns -1 if \a ba could not be found.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2272
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2273
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2274
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 23
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2275
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2276
    \sa indexOf(), contains(), count()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2277
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2278
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2279
int QByteArray::lastIndexOf(const QByteArray &ba, int from) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2280
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2281
    const int ol = ba.d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2282
    if (ol == 1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2283
        return lastIndexOf(*ba.d->data, from);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2284
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2285
    return lastIndexOfHelper(d->data, d->size, ba.d->data, ol, from);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2286
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2287
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2288
/*! \fn int QByteArray::lastIndexOf(const QString &str, int from) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2289
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2290
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2291
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2292
    Returns the index position of the last occurrence of the string \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2293
    str in the byte array, searching backward from index position \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2294
    from. If \a from is -1 (the default), the search starts at the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2295
    last (size() - 1) byte. Returns -1 if \a str could not be found.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2296
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2297
    The Unicode data is converted into 8-bit characters using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2298
    QString::toAscii().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2299
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2300
    If the QString contains non-ASCII Unicode characters, using this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2301
    function can lead to loss of information. You can disable this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2302
    function by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII when you compile your
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2303
    applications. You then need to call QString::toAscii() (or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2304
    QString::toLatin1() or QString::toUtf8() or QString::toLocal8Bit())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2305
    explicitly if you want to convert the data to \c{const char *}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2306
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2307
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2308
/*! \fn int QByteArray::lastIndexOf(const char *str, int from) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2309
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2310
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2311
    Returns the index position of the last occurrence of the string \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2312
    str in the byte array, searching backward from index position \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2313
    from. If \a from is -1 (the default), the search starts at the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2314
    last (size() - 1) byte. Returns -1 if \a str could not be found.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2315
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2316
int QByteArray::lastIndexOf(const char *str, int from) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2317
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2318
    const int ol = qstrlen(str);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2319
    if (ol == 1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2320
        return lastIndexOf(*str, from);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2321
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2322
    return lastIndexOfHelper(d->data, d->size, str, ol, from);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2323
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2324
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2325
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2326
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2327
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2328
    Returns the index position of the last occurrence of character \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2329
    ch in the byte array, searching backward from index position \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2330
    from. If \a from is -1 (the default), the search starts at the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2331
    last (size() - 1) byte. Returns -1 if \a ch could not be found.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2332
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2333
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2334
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 24
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2335
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2336
    \sa indexOf(), contains()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2337
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2338
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2339
int QByteArray::lastIndexOf(char ch, int from) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2340
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2341
    if (from < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2342
        from += d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2343
    else if (from > d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2344
        from = d->size-1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2345
    if (from >= 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2346
        const char *b = d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2347
        const char *n = d->data + from + 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2348
        while (n-- != b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2349
            if (*n == ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2350
                return  n - b;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2351
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2352
    return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2353
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2354
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2355
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2356
    Returns the number of (potentially overlapping) occurrences of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2357
    byte array \a ba in this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2358
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2359
    \sa contains(), indexOf()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2360
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2361
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2362
int QByteArray::count(const QByteArray &ba) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2363
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2364
    int num = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2365
    int i = -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2366
    if (d->size > 500 && ba.d->size > 5) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2367
        QByteArrayMatcher matcher(ba);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2368
        while ((i = matcher.indexIn(*this, i + 1)) != -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2369
            ++num;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2370
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2371
        while ((i = indexOf(ba, i + 1)) != -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2372
            ++num;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2373
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2374
    return num;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2375
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2376
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2377
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2378
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2379
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2380
    Returns the number of (potentially overlapping) occurrences of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2381
    string \a str in the byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2382
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2383
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2384
int QByteArray::count(const char *str) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2385
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2386
    return count(fromRawData(str, qstrlen(str)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2387
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2388
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2389
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2390
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2391
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2392
    Returns the number of occurrences of character \a ch in the byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2393
    array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2394
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2395
    \sa contains(), indexOf()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2396
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2397
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2398
int QByteArray::count(char ch) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2399
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2400
    int num = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2401
    const char *i = d->data + d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2402
    const char *b = d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2403
    while (i != b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2404
        if (*--i == ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2405
            ++num;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2406
    return num;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2407
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2408
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2409
/*! \fn int QByteArray::count() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2410
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2411
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2412
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2413
    Same as size().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2414
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2415
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2416
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2417
    Returns true if this byte array starts with byte array \a ba;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2418
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2419
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2420
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2421
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 25
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2422
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2423
    \sa endsWith(), left()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2424
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2425
bool QByteArray::startsWith(const QByteArray &ba) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2426
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2427
    if (d == ba.d || ba.d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2428
        return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2429
    if (d->size < ba.d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2430
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2431
    return memcmp(d->data, ba.d->data, ba.d->size) == 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2432
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2433
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2434
/*! \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2435
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2436
    Returns true if this byte array starts with string \a str;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2437
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2438
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2439
bool QByteArray::startsWith(const char *str) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2440
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2441
    if (!str || !*str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2442
        return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2443
    int len = qstrlen(str);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2444
    if (d->size < len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2445
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2446
    return qstrncmp(d->data, str, len) == 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2447
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2448
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2449
/*! \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2450
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2451
    Returns true if this byte array starts with character \a ch;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2452
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2453
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2454
bool QByteArray::startsWith(char ch) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2455
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2456
    if (d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2457
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2458
    return d->data[0] == ch;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2459
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2460
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2461
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2462
    Returns true if this byte array ends with byte array \a ba;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2463
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2464
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2465
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2466
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 26
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2467
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2468
    \sa startsWith(), right()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2469
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2470
bool QByteArray::endsWith(const QByteArray &ba) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2471
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2472
    if (d == ba.d || ba.d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2473
        return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2474
    if (d->size < ba.d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2475
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2476
    return memcmp(d->data + d->size - ba.d->size, ba.d->data, ba.d->size) == 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2477
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2478
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2479
/*! \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2480
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2481
    Returns true if this byte array ends with string \a str; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2482
    returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2483
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2484
bool QByteArray::endsWith(const char *str) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2485
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2486
    if (!str || !*str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2487
        return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2488
    int len = qstrlen(str);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2489
    if (d->size < len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2490
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2491
    return qstrncmp(d->data + d->size - len, str, len) == 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2492
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2493
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2494
/*! \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2495
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2496
    Returns true if this byte array ends with character \a ch;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2497
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2498
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2499
bool QByteArray::endsWith(char ch) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2500
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2501
    if (d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2502
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2503
    return d->data[d->size - 1] == ch;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2504
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2505
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2506
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2507
    Returns a byte array that contains the leftmost \a len bytes of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2508
    this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2509
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2510
    The entire byte array is returned if \a len is greater than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2511
    size().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2512
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2513
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2514
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 27
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2515
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2516
    \sa right(), mid(), startsWith(), truncate()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2517
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2518
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2519
QByteArray QByteArray::left(int len)  const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2520
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2521
    if (len >= d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2522
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2523
    if (len < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2524
        len = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2525
    return QByteArray(d->data, len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2526
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2527
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2528
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2529
    Returns a byte array that contains the rightmost \a len bytes of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2530
    this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2531
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2532
    The entire byte array is returned if \a len is greater than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2533
    size().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2534
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2535
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2536
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 28
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2537
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2538
    \sa endsWith(), left(), mid()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2539
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2540
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2541
QByteArray QByteArray::right(int len) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2542
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2543
    if (len >= d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2544
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2545
    if (len < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2546
        len = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2547
    return QByteArray(d->data + d->size - len, len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2548
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2549
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2550
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2551
    Returns a byte array containing \a len bytes from this byte array,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2552
    starting at position \a pos.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2553
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2554
    If \a len is -1 (the default), or \a pos + \a len >= size(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2555
    returns a byte array containing all bytes starting at position \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2556
    pos until the end of the byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2557
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2558
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2559
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 29
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2560
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2561
    \sa left(), right()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2562
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2563
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2564
QByteArray QByteArray::mid(int pos, int len) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2565
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2566
    if (d == &shared_null || d == &shared_empty || pos >= d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2567
        return QByteArray();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2568
    if (len < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2569
        len = d->size - pos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2570
    if (pos < 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2571
        len += pos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2572
        pos = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2573
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2574
    if (len + pos > d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2575
        len = d->size - pos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2576
    if (pos == 0 && len == d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2577
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2578
    return QByteArray(d->data + pos, len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2579
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2580
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2581
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2582
    Returns a lowercase copy of the byte array. The bytearray is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2583
    interpreted as a Latin-1 encoded string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2584
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2585
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2586
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 30
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2587
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2588
    \sa toUpper(), {8-bit Character Comparisons}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2589
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2590
QByteArray QByteArray::toLower() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2591
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2592
    QByteArray s(*this);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2593
    register uchar *p = reinterpret_cast<uchar *>(s.data());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2594
    if (p) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2595
        while (*p) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2596
            *p = QChar::toLower((ushort)*p);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2597
            p++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2598
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2599
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2600
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2601
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2602
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2603
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2604
    Returns an uppercase copy of the byte array. The bytearray is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2605
    interpreted as a Latin-1 encoded string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2606
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2607
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2608
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 31
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2609
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2610
    \sa toLower(), {8-bit Character Comparisons}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2611
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2612
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2613
QByteArray QByteArray::toUpper() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2614
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2615
    QByteArray s(*this);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2616
    register uchar *p = reinterpret_cast<uchar *>(s.data());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2617
    if (p) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2618
        while (*p) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2619
            *p = QChar::toUpper((ushort)*p);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2620
            p++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2621
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2622
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2623
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2624
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2625
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2626
/*! \fn void QByteArray::clear()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2627
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2628
    Clears the contents of the byte array and makes it empty.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2629
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2630
    \sa resize(), isEmpty()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2631
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2632
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2633
void QByteArray::clear()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2634
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2635
    if (!d->ref.deref())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2636
        qFree(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2637
    d = &shared_null;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2638
    d->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2639
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2640
3
41300fa6a67c Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 0
diff changeset
  2641
#if !defined(QT_NO_DATASTREAM) || (defined(QT_BOOTSTRAPPED) && !defined(QT_BUILD_QMAKE))
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2642
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2643
/*! \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2644
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2645
    Writes byte array \a ba to the stream \a out and returns a reference
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2646
    to the stream.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2647
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2648
    \sa {Format of the QDataStream operators}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2649
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2650
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2651
QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &out, const QByteArray &ba)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2652
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2653
    if (ba.isNull() && out.version() >= 6) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2654
        out << (quint32)0xffffffff;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2655
        return out;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2656
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2657
    return out.writeBytes(ba, ba.size());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2658
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2659
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2660
/*! \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2661
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2662
    Reads a byte array into \a ba from the stream \a in and returns a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2663
    reference to the stream.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2664
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2665
    \sa {Format of the QDataStream operators}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2666
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2667
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2668
QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &in, QByteArray &ba)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2669
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2670
    ba.clear();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2671
    quint32 len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2672
    in >> len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2673
    if (len == 0xffffffff)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2674
        return in;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2675
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2676
    const quint32 Step = 1024 * 1024;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2677
    quint32 allocated = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2678
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2679
    do {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2680
        int blockSize = qMin(Step, len - allocated);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2681
        ba.resize(allocated + blockSize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2682
        if (in.readRawData(ba.data() + allocated, blockSize) != blockSize) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2683
            ba.clear();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2684
            in.setStatus(QDataStream::ReadPastEnd);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2685
            return in;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2686
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2687
        allocated += blockSize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2688
    } while (allocated < len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2689
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2690
    return in;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2691
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2692
#endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2693
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2694
/*! \fn bool QByteArray::operator==(const QString &str) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2695
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2696
    Returns true if this byte array is equal to string \a str;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2697
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2698
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2699
    The Unicode data is converted into 8-bit characters using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2700
    QString::toAscii().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2701
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2702
    The comparison is case sensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2703
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2704
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2705
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. You
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2706
    then need to call QString::fromAscii(), QString::fromLatin1(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2707
    QString::fromUtf8(), or QString::fromLocal8Bit() explicitly if
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2708
    you want to convert the byte array to a QString before doing the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2709
    comparison.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2710
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2711
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2712
/*! \fn bool QByteArray::operator!=(const QString &str) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2713
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2714
    Returns true if this byte array is not equal to string \a str;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2715
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2716
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2717
    The Unicode data is converted into 8-bit characters using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2718
    QString::toAscii().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2719
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2720
    The comparison is case sensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2721
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2722
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2723
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. You
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2724
    then need to call QString::fromAscii(), QString::fromLatin1(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2725
    QString::fromUtf8(), or QString::fromLocal8Bit() explicitly if
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2726
    you want to convert the byte array to a QString before doing the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2727
    comparison.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2728
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2729
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2730
/*! \fn bool QByteArray::operator<(const QString &str) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2731
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2732
    Returns true if this byte array is lexically less than string \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2733
    str; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2734
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2735
    The Unicode data is converted into 8-bit characters using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2736
    QString::toAscii().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2737
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2738
    The comparison is case sensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2739
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2740
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2741
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. You
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2742
    then need to call QString::fromAscii(), QString::fromLatin1(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2743
    QString::fromUtf8(), or QString::fromLocal8Bit() explicitly if
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2744
    you want to convert the byte array to a QString before doing the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2745
    comparison.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2746
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2747
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2748
/*! \fn bool QByteArray::operator>(const QString &str) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2749
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2750
    Returns true if this byte array is lexically greater than string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2751
    \a str; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2752
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2753
    The Unicode data is converted into 8-bit characters using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2754
    QString::toAscii().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2755
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2756
    The comparison is case sensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2757
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2758
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2759
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. You
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2760
    then need to call QString::fromAscii(), QString::fromLatin1(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2761
    QString::fromUtf8(), or QString::fromLocal8Bit() explicitly if
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2762
    you want to convert the byte array to a QString before doing the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2763
    comparison.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2764
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2765
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2766
/*! \fn bool QByteArray::operator<=(const QString &str) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2767
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2768
    Returns true if this byte array is lexically less than or equal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2769
    to string \a str; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2770
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2771
    The Unicode data is converted into 8-bit characters using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2772
    QString::toAscii().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2773
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2774
    The comparison is case sensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2775
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2776
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2777
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. You
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2778
    then need to call QString::fromAscii(), QString::fromLatin1(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2779
    QString::fromUtf8(), or QString::fromLocal8Bit() explicitly if
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2780
    you want to convert the byte array to a QString before doing the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2781
    comparison.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2782
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2783
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2784
/*! \fn bool QByteArray::operator>=(const QString &str) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2785
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2786
    Returns true if this byte array is greater than or equal to string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2787
    \a str; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2788
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2789
    The Unicode data is converted into 8-bit characters using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2790
    QString::toAscii().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2791
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2792
    The comparison is case sensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2793
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2794
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2795
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. You
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2796
    then need to call QString::fromAscii(), QString::fromLatin1(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2797
    QString::fromUtf8(), or QString::fromLocal8Bit() explicitly if
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2798
    you want to convert the byte array to a QString before doing the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2799
    comparison.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2800
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2801
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2802
/*! \fn bool operator==(const QByteArray &a1, const QByteArray &a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2803
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2804
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2805
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2806
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2807
    Returns true if byte array \a a1 is equal to byte array \a a2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2808
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2809
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2810
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2811
/*! \fn bool operator==(const QByteArray &a1, const char *a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2812
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2813
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2814
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2815
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2816
    Returns true if byte array \a a1 is equal to string \a a2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2817
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2818
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2819
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2820
/*! \fn bool operator==(const char *a1, const QByteArray &a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2821
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2822
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2823
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2824
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2825
    Returns true if string \a a1 is equal to byte array \a a2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2826
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2827
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2828
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2829
/*! \fn bool operator!=(const QByteArray &a1, const QByteArray &a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2830
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2831
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2832
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2833
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2834
    Returns true if byte array \a a1 is not equal to byte array \a a2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2835
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2836
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2837
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2838
/*! \fn bool operator!=(const QByteArray &a1, const char *a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2839
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2840
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2841
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2842
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2843
    Returns true if byte array \a a1 is not equal to string \a a2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2844
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2845
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2846
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2847
/*! \fn bool operator!=(const char *a1, const QByteArray &a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2848
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2849
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2850
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2851
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2852
    Returns true if string \a a1 is not equal to byte array \a a2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2853
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2854
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2855
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2856
/*! \fn bool operator<(const QByteArray &a1, const QByteArray &a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2857
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2858
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2859
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2860
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2861
    Returns true if byte array \a a1 is lexically less than byte array
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2862
    \a a2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2863
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2864
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2865
/*! \fn inline bool operator<(const QByteArray &a1, const char *a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2866
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2867
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2868
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2869
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2870
    Returns true if byte array \a a1 is lexically less than string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2871
    \a a2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2872
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2873
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2874
/*! \fn bool operator<(const char *a1, const QByteArray &a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2875
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2876
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2877
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2878
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2879
    Returns true if string \a a1 is lexically less than byte array
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2880
    \a a2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2881
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2882
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2883
/*! \fn bool operator<=(const QByteArray &a1, const QByteArray &a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2884
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2885
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2886
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2887
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2888
    Returns true if byte array \a a1 is lexically less than or equal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2889
    to byte array \a a2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2890
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2891
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2892
/*! \fn bool operator<=(const QByteArray &a1, const char *a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2893
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2894
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2895
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2896
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2897
    Returns true if byte array \a a1 is lexically less than or equal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2898
    to string \a a2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2899
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2900
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2901
/*! \fn bool operator<=(const char *a1, const QByteArray &a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2902
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2903
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2904
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2905
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2906
    Returns true if string \a a1 is lexically less than or equal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2907
    to byte array \a a2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2908
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2909
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2910
/*! \fn bool operator>(const QByteArray &a1, const QByteArray &a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2911
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2912
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2913
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2914
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2915
    Returns true if byte array \a a1 is lexically greater than byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2916
    array \a a2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2917
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2918
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2919
/*! \fn bool operator>(const QByteArray &a1, const char *a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2920
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2921
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2922
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2923
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2924
    Returns true if byte array \a a1 is lexically greater than string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2925
    \a a2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2926
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2927
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2928
/*! \fn bool operator>(const char *a1, const QByteArray &a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2929
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2930
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2931
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2932
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2933
    Returns true if string \a a1 is lexically greater than byte array
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2934
    \a a2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2935
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2936
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2937
/*! \fn bool operator>=(const QByteArray &a1, const QByteArray &a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2938
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2939
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2940
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2941
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2942
    Returns true if byte array \a a1 is lexically greater than or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2943
    equal to byte array \a a2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2944
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2945
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2946
/*! \fn bool operator>=(const QByteArray &a1, const char *a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2947
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2948
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2949
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2950
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2951
    Returns true if byte array \a a1 is lexically greater than or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2952
    equal to string \a a2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2953
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2954
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2955
/*! \fn bool operator>=(const char *a1, const QByteArray &a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2956
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2957
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2958
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2959
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2960
    Returns true if string \a a1 is lexically greater than or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2961
    equal to byte array \a a2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2962
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2963
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2964
/*! \fn const QByteArray operator+(const QByteArray &a1, const QByteArray &a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2965
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2966
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2967
    Returns a byte array that is the result of concatenating byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2968
    array \a a1 and byte array \a a2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2969
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2970
    \sa QByteArray::operator+=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2971
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2972
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2973
/*! \fn const QByteArray operator+(const QByteArray &a1, const char *a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2974
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2975
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2976
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2977
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2978
    Returns a byte array that is the result of concatenating byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2979
    array \a a1 and string \a a2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2980
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2981
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2982
/*! \fn const QByteArray operator+(const QByteArray &a1, char a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2983
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2984
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2985
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2986
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2987
    Returns a byte array that is the result of concatenating byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2988
    array \a a1 and character \a a2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2989
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2990
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2991
/*! \fn const QByteArray operator+(const char *a1, const QByteArray &a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2992
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2993
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2994
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2995
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2996
    Returns a byte array that is the result of concatenating string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2997
    \a a1 and byte array \a a2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2998
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2999
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3000
/*! \fn const QByteArray operator+(char a1, const QByteArray &a2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3001
    \relates QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3002
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3003
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3004
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3005
    Returns a byte array that is the result of concatenating character
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3006
    \a a1 and byte array \a a2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3007
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3008
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3009
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3010
    Returns a byte array that has whitespace removed from the start
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3011
    and the end, and which has each sequence of internal whitespace
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3012
    replaced with a single space.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3013
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3014
    Whitespace means any character for which the standard C++
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3015
    isspace() function returns true. This includes the ASCII
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3016
    characters '\\t', '\\n', '\\v', '\\f', '\\r', and ' '.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3017
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3018
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3019
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 32
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3020
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3021
    \sa trimmed()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3022
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3023
QByteArray QByteArray::simplified() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3024
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3025
    if (d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3026
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3027
    QByteArray result(d->size, Qt::Uninitialized);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3028
    const char *from = d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3029
    const char *fromend = from + d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3030
    int outc=0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3031
    char *to = result.d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3032
    for (;;) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3033
        while (from!=fromend && isspace(uchar(*from)))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3034
            from++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3035
        while (from!=fromend && !isspace(uchar(*from)))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3036
            to[outc++] = *from++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3037
        if (from!=fromend)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3038
            to[outc++] = ' ';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3039
        else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3040
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3041
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3042
    if (outc > 0 && to[outc-1] == ' ')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3043
        outc--;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3044
    result.resize(outc);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3045
    return result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3046
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3047
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3048
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3049
    Returns a byte array that has whitespace removed from the start
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3050
    and the end.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3051
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3052
    Whitespace means any character for which the standard C++
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3053
    isspace() function returns true. This includes the ASCII
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3054
    characters '\\t', '\\n', '\\v', '\\f', '\\r', and ' '.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3055
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3056
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3057
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 33
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3058
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3059
    Unlike simplified(), trimmed() leaves internal whitespace alone.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3060
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3061
    \sa simplified()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3062
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3063
QByteArray QByteArray::trimmed() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3064
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3065
    if (d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3066
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3067
    const char *s = d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3068
    if (!isspace(uchar(*s)) && !isspace(uchar(s[d->size-1])))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3069
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3070
    int start = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3071
    int end = d->size - 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3072
    while (start<=end && isspace(uchar(s[start])))  // skip white space from start
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3073
        start++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3074
    if (start <= end) {                          // only white space
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3075
        while (end && isspace(uchar(s[end])))           // skip white space from end
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3076
            end--;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3077
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3078
    int l = end - start + 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3079
    if (l <= 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3080
        shared_empty.ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3081
        return QByteArray(&shared_empty, 0, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3082
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3083
    return QByteArray(s+start, l);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3084
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3085
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3086
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3087
    Returns a byte array of size \a width that contains this byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3088
    array padded by the \a fill character.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3089
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3090
    If \a truncate is false and the size() of the byte array is more
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3091
    than \a width, then the returned byte array is a copy of this byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3092
    array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3093
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3094
    If \a truncate is true and the size() of the byte array is more
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3095
    than \a width, then any bytes in a copy of the byte array
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3096
    after position \a width are removed, and the copy is returned.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3097
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3098
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3099
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 34
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3100
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3101
    \sa rightJustified()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3102
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3103
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3104
QByteArray QByteArray::leftJustified(int width, char fill, bool truncate) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3105
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3106
    QByteArray result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3107
    int len = d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3108
    int padlen = width - len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3109
    if (padlen > 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3110
        result.resize(len+padlen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3111
        if (len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3112
            memcpy(result.d->data, d->data, len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3113
        memset(result.d->data+len, fill, padlen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3114
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3115
        if (truncate)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3116
            result = left(width);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3117
        else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3118
            result = *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3119
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3120
    return result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3121
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3122
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3123
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3124
    Returns a byte array of size \a width that contains the \a fill
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3125
    character followed by this byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3126
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3127
    If \a truncate is false and the size of the byte array is more
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3128
    than \a width, then the returned byte array is a copy of this byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3129
    array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3130
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3131
    If \a truncate is true and the size of the byte array is more
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3132
    than \a width, then the resulting byte array is truncated at
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3133
    position \a width.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3134
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3135
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3136
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 35
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3137
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3138
    \sa leftJustified()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3139
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3140
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3141
QByteArray QByteArray::rightJustified(int width, char fill, bool truncate) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3142
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3143
    QByteArray result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3144
    int len = d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3145
    int padlen = width - len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3146
    if (padlen > 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3147
        result.resize(len+padlen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3148
        if (len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3149
            memcpy(result.d->data+padlen, data(), len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3150
        memset(result.d->data, fill, padlen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3151
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3152
        if (truncate)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3153
            result = left(width);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3154
        else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3155
            result = *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3156
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3157
    return result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3158
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3159
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3160
bool QByteArray::isNull() const { return d == &shared_null; }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3161
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3162
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3163
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3164
    Returns the byte array converted to a \c {long long} using base \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3165
    base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3166
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3167
    If \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3168
    following rules: If the byte array begins with "0x", it is assumed to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3169
    be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3170
    otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3171
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3172
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3173
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3174
    If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3175
    false; otherwise *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3176
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3177
    \note The conversion of the number is performed in the default C locale,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3178
    irrespective of the user's locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3179
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3180
    \sa number()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3181
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3182
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3183
qlonglong QByteArray::toLongLong(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3184
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3185
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3186
    if (base != 0 && (base < 2 || base > 36)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3187
        qWarning("QByteArray::toLongLong: Invalid base %d", base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3188
        base = 10;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3189
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3190
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3191
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3192
    return QLocalePrivate::bytearrayToLongLong(nulTerminated().constData(), base, ok);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3193
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3194
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3195
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3196
    Returns the byte array converted to an \c {unsigned long long}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3197
    using base \a base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3198
    and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3199
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3200
    If \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3201
    following rules: If the byte array begins with "0x", it is assumed to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3202
    be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3203
    otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3204
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3205
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3206
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3207
    If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3208
    false; otherwise *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3209
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3210
    \note The conversion of the number is performed in the default C locale,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3211
    irrespective of the user's locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3212
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3213
    \sa number()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3214
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3215
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3216
qulonglong QByteArray::toULongLong(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3217
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3218
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3219
    if (base != 0 && (base < 2 || base > 36)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3220
        qWarning("QByteArray::toULongLong: Invalid base %d", base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3221
        base = 10;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3222
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3223
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3224
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3225
    return QLocalePrivate::bytearrayToUnsLongLong(nulTerminated().constData(), base, ok);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3226
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3227
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3228
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3229
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3230
    Returns the byte array converted to an \c int using base \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3231
    base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3232
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3233
    If \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3234
    following rules: If the byte array begins with "0x", it is assumed to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3235
    be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3236
    otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3237
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3238
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3239
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3240
    If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3241
    false; otherwise *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3242
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3243
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 36
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3244
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3245
    \note The conversion of the number is performed in the default C locale,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3246
    irrespective of the user's locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3247
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3248
    \sa number()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3249
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3250
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3251
int QByteArray::toInt(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3252
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3253
    qlonglong v = toLongLong(ok, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3254
    if (v < INT_MIN || v > INT_MAX) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3255
        if (ok)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3256
            *ok = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3257
        v = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3258
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3259
    return int(v);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3260
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3261
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3262
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3263
    Returns the byte array converted to an \c {unsigned int} using base \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3264
    base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3265
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3266
    If \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3267
    following rules: If the byte array begins with "0x", it is assumed to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3268
    be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3269
    otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3270
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3271
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3272
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3273
    If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3274
    false; otherwise *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3275
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3276
    \note The conversion of the number is performed in the default C locale,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3277
    irrespective of the user's locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3278
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3279
    \sa number()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3280
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3281
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3282
uint QByteArray::toUInt(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3283
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3284
    qulonglong v = toULongLong(ok, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3285
    if (v > UINT_MAX) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3286
        if (ok)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3287
            *ok = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3288
        v = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3289
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3290
    return uint(v);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3291
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3292
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3293
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3294
    \since 4.1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3295
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3296
    Returns the byte array converted to a \c long int using base \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3297
    base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3298
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3299
    If \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3300
    following rules: If the byte array begins with "0x", it is assumed to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3301
    be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3302
    otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3303
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3304
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3305
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3306
    If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3307
    false; otherwise *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3308
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3309
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 37
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3310
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3311
    \note The conversion of the number is performed in the default C locale,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3312
    irrespective of the user's locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3313
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3314
    \sa number()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3315
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3316
long QByteArray::toLong(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3317
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3318
    qlonglong v = toLongLong(ok, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3319
    if (v < LONG_MIN || v > LONG_MAX) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3320
        if (ok)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3321
            *ok = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3322
        v = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3323
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3324
    return long(v);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3325
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3326
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3327
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3328
    \since 4.1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3329
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3330
    Returns the byte array converted to an \c {unsigned long int} using base \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3331
    base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3332
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3333
    If \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3334
    following rules: If the byte array begins with "0x", it is assumed to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3335
    be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3336
    otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3337
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3338
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3339
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3340
    If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3341
    false; otherwise *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3342
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3343
    \note The conversion of the number is performed in the default C locale,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3344
    irrespective of the user's locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3345
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3346
    \sa number()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3347
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3348
ulong QByteArray::toULong(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3349
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3350
    qulonglong v = toULongLong(ok, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3351
    if (v > ULONG_MAX) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3352
        if (ok)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3353
            *ok = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3354
        v = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3355
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3356
    return ulong(v);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3357
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3358
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3359
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3360
    Returns the byte array converted to a \c short using base \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3361
    base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3362
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3363
    If \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3364
    following rules: If the byte array begins with "0x", it is assumed to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3365
    be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3366
    otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3367
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3368
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3369
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3370
    If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3371
    false; otherwise *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3372
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3373
    \note The conversion of the number is performed in the default C locale,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3374
    irrespective of the user's locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3375
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3376
    \sa number()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3377
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3378
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3379
short QByteArray::toShort(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3380
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3381
    qlonglong v = toLongLong(ok, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3382
    if (v < SHRT_MIN || v > SHRT_MAX) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3383
        if (ok)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3384
            *ok = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3385
        v = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3386
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3387
    return short(v);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3388
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3389
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3390
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3391
    Returns the byte array converted to an \c {unsigned short} using base \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3392
    base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3393
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3394
    If \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3395
    following rules: If the byte array begins with "0x", it is assumed to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3396
    be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3397
    otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3398
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3399
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3400
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3401
    If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3402
    false; otherwise *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3403
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3404
    \note The conversion of the number is performed in the default C locale,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3405
    irrespective of the user's locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3406
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3407
    \sa number()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3408
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3409
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3410
ushort QByteArray::toUShort(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3411
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3412
    qulonglong v = toULongLong(ok, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3413
    if (v > USHRT_MAX) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3414
        if (ok)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3415
            *ok = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3416
        v = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3417
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3418
    return ushort(v);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3419
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3420
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3421
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3422
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3423
    Returns the byte array converted to a \c double value.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3424
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3425
    Returns 0.0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3426
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3427
    If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3428
    false; otherwise *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3429
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3430
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 38
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3431
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3432
    \note The conversion of the number is performed in the default C locale,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3433
    irrespective of the user's locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3434
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3435
    \sa number()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3436
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3437
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3438
double QByteArray::toDouble(bool *ok) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3439
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3440
    return QLocalePrivate::bytearrayToDouble(nulTerminated().constData(), ok);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3441
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3442
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3443
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3444
    Returns the byte array converted to a \c float value.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3445
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3446
    Returns 0.0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3447
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3448
    If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3449
    false; otherwise *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3450
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3451
    \note The conversion of the number is performed in the default C locale,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3452
    irrespective of the user's locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3453
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3454
    \sa number()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3455
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3456
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3457
float QByteArray::toFloat(bool *ok) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3458
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3459
    return float(toDouble(ok));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3460
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3461
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3462
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3463
    Returns a copy of the byte array, encoded as Base64.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3464
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3465
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 39
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3466
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3467
    The algorithm used to encode Base64-encoded data is defined in \l{RFC 2045}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3468
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3469
    \sa fromBase64()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3470
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3471
QByteArray QByteArray::toBase64() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3472
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3473
    const char alphabet[] = "ABCDEFGH" "IJKLMNOP" "QRSTUVWX" "YZabcdef"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3474
		            "ghijklmn" "opqrstuv" "wxyz0123" "456789+/";
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3475
    const char padchar = '=';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3476
    int padlen = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3477
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3478
    QByteArray tmp((d->size * 4) / 3 + 3, Qt::Uninitialized);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3479
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3480
    int i = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3481
    char *out = tmp.data();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3482
    while (i < d->size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3483
	int chunk = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3484
	chunk |= int(uchar(d->data[i++])) << 16;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3485
	if (i == d->size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3486
	    padlen = 2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3487
	} else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3488
	    chunk |= int(uchar(d->data[i++])) << 8;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3489
	    if (i == d->size) padlen = 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3490
	    else chunk |= int(uchar(d->data[i++]));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3491
	}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3492
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3493
	int j = (chunk & 0x00fc0000) >> 18;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3494
	int k = (chunk & 0x0003f000) >> 12;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3495
	int l = (chunk & 0x00000fc0) >> 6;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3496
	int m = (chunk & 0x0000003f);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3497
	*out++ = alphabet[j];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3498
	*out++ = alphabet[k];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3499
	if (padlen > 1) *out++ = padchar;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3500
	else *out++ = alphabet[l];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3501
	if (padlen > 0) *out++ = padchar;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3502
	else *out++ = alphabet[m];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3503
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3504
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3505
    tmp.truncate(out - tmp.data());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3506
    return tmp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3507
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3508
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3509
/*! 
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3510
    \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::setNum(int n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3511
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3512
    Sets the byte array to the printed value of \a n in base \a base (10
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3513
    by default) and returns a reference to the byte array. The \a base can
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3514
    be any value between 2 and 36.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3515
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3516
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3517
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 40
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3518
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3519
    \note The format of the number is not localized; the default C locale
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3520
    is used irrespective of the user's locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3521
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3522
    \sa number(), toInt()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3523
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3524
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3525
/*! 
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3526
    \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::setNum(uint n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3527
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3528
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3529
    \sa toUInt()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3530
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3531
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3532
/*! 
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3533
    \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::setNum(short n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3534
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3535
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3536
    \sa toShort()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3537
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3538
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3539
/*! 
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3540
    \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::setNum(ushort n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3541
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3542
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3543
    \sa toUShort()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3544
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3545
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3546
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3547
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3548
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3549
    \sa toLongLong()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3550
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3551
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3552
QByteArray &QByteArray::setNum(qlonglong n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3553
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3554
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3555
    if (base < 2 || base > 36) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3556
        qWarning("QByteArray::setNum: Invalid base %d", base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3557
        base = 10;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3558
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3559
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3560
    QLocale locale(QLocale::C);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3561
    *this = locale.d()->longLongToString(n, -1, base).toLatin1();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3562
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3563
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3564
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3565
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3566
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3567
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3568
    \sa toULongLong()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3569
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3570
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3571
QByteArray &QByteArray::setNum(qulonglong n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3572
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3573
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3574
    if (base < 2 || base > 36) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3575
        qWarning("QByteArray::setNum: Invalid base %d", base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3576
        base = 10;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3577
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3578
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3579
    QLocale locale(QLocale::C);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3580
    *this = locale.d()->unsLongLongToString(n, -1, base).toLatin1();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3581
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3582
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3583
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3584
/*! 
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3585
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3586
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3587
    Sets the byte array to the printed value of \a n, formatted in format
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3588
    \a f with precision \a prec, and returns a reference to the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3589
    byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3590
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3591
    The format \a f can be any of the following:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3592
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3593
    \table
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3594
    \header \i Format \i Meaning
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3595
    \row \i \c e \i format as [-]9.9e[+|-]999
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3596
    \row \i \c E \i format as [-]9.9E[+|-]999
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3597
    \row \i \c f \i format as [-]9.9
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3598
    \row \i \c g \i use \c e or \c f format, whichever is the most concise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3599
    \row \i \c G \i use \c E or \c f format, whichever is the most concise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3600
    \endtable
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3601
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3602
    With 'e', 'E', and 'f', \a prec is the number of digits after the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3603
    decimal point. With 'g' and 'G', \a prec is the maximum number of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3604
    significant digits (trailing zeroes are omitted).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3605
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3606
    \note The format of the number is not localized; the default C locale
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3607
    is used irrespective of the user's locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3608
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3609
    \sa toDouble()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3610
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3611
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3612
QByteArray &QByteArray::setNum(double n, char f, int prec)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3613
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3614
    QLocalePrivate::DoubleForm form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3615
    uint flags = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3616
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3617
    if (qIsUpper(f))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3618
        flags = QLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3619
    f = qToLower(f);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3620
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3621
    switch (f) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3622
        case 'f':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3623
            form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3624
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3625
        case 'e':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3626
            form = QLocalePrivate::DFExponent;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3627
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3628
        case 'g':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3629
            form = QLocalePrivate::DFSignificantDigits;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3630
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3631
        default:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3632
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3633
            qWarning("QByteArray::setNum: Invalid format char '%c'", f);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3634
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3635
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3636
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3637
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3638
    QLocale locale(QLocale::C);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3639
    *this = locale.d()->doubleToString(n, prec, form, -1, flags).toLatin1();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3640
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3641
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3642
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3643
/*! 
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3644
    \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::setNum(float n, char f, int prec)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3645
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3646
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3647
    Sets the byte array to the printed value of \a n, formatted in format
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3648
    \a f with precision \a prec, and returns a reference to the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3649
    byte array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3650
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3651
    \note The format of the number is not localized; the default C locale
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3652
    is used irrespective of the user's locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3653
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3654
    \sa toFloat()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3655
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3656
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3657
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3658
    Returns a byte array containing the string equivalent of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3659
    number \a n to base \a base (10 by default). The \a base can be
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3660
    any value between 2 and 36.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3661
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3662
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3663
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 41
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3664
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3665
    \note The format of the number is not localized; the default C locale
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3666
    is used irrespective of the user's locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3667
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3668
    \sa setNum(), toInt()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3669
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3670
QByteArray QByteArray::number(int n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3671
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3672
    QByteArray s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3673
    s.setNum(n, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3674
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3675
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3676
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3677
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3678
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3679
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3680
    \sa toUInt()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3681
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3682
QByteArray QByteArray::number(uint n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3683
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3684
    QByteArray s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3685
    s.setNum(n, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3686
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3687
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3688
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3689
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3690
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3691
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3692
    \sa toLongLong()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3693
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3694
QByteArray QByteArray::number(qlonglong n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3695
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3696
    QByteArray s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3697
    s.setNum(n, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3698
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3699
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3700
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3701
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3702
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3703
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3704
    \sa toULongLong()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3705
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3706
QByteArray QByteArray::number(qulonglong n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3707
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3708
    QByteArray s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3709
    s.setNum(n, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3710
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3711
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3712
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3713
/*! 
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3714
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3715
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3716
    Returns a byte array that contains the printed value of \a n,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3717
    formatted in format \a f with precision \a prec.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3718
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3719
    Argument \a n is formatted according to the \a f format specified,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3720
    which is \c g by default, and can be any of the following:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3721
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3722
    \table
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3723
    \header \i Format \i Meaning
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3724
    \row \i \c e \i format as [-]9.9e[+|-]999
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3725
    \row \i \c E \i format as [-]9.9E[+|-]999
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3726
    \row \i \c f \i format as [-]9.9
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3727
    \row \i \c g \i use \c e or \c f format, whichever is the most concise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3728
    \row \i \c G \i use \c E or \c f format, whichever is the most concise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3729
    \endtable
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3730
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3731
    With 'e', 'E', and 'f', \a prec is the number of digits after the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3732
    decimal point. With 'g' and 'G', \a prec is the maximum number of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3733
    significant digits (trailing zeroes are omitted).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3734
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3735
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 42
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3736
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3737
    \note The format of the number is not localized; the default C locale
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3738
    is used irrespective of the user's locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3739
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3740
    \sa toDouble()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3741
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3742
QByteArray QByteArray::number(double n, char f, int prec)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3743
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3744
    QByteArray s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3745
    s.setNum(n, f, prec);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3746
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3747
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3748
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3749
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3750
    Constructs a QByteArray that uses the first \a size bytes of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3751
    \a data array. The bytes are \e not copied. The QByteArray will
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3752
    contain the \a data pointer. The caller guarantees that \a data
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3753
    will not be deleted or modified as long as this QByteArray and any
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3754
    copies of it exist that have not been modified. In other words,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3755
    because QByteArray is an \l{implicitly shared} class and the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3756
    instance returned by this function contains the \a data pointer,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3757
    the caller must not delete \a data or modify it directly as long
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3758
    as the returned QByteArray and any copies exist. However,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3759
    QByteArray does not take ownership of \a data, so the QByteArray
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3760
    destructor will never delete the raw \a data, even when the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3761
    last QByteArray referring to \a data is destroyed.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3762
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3763
    A subsequent attempt to modify the contents of the returned
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3764
    QByteArray or any copy made from it will cause it to create a deep
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3765
    copy of the \a data array before doing the modification. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3766
    ensures that the raw \a data array itself will never be modified
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3767
    by QByteArray.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3768
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3769
    Here is an example of how to read data using a QDataStream on raw
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3770
    data in memory without copying the raw data into a QByteArray:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3771
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3772
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 43
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3773
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3774
    \warning A byte array created with fromRawData() is \e not
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3775
    null-terminated, unless the raw data contains a 0 character at
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3776
    position \a size. While that does not matter for QDataStream or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3777
    functions like indexOf(), passing the byte array to a function
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3778
    accepting a \c{const char *} expected to be '\\0'-terminated will
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3779
    fail.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3780
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3781
    \sa data(), constData()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3782
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3783
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3784
QByteArray QByteArray::fromRawData(const char *data, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3785
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3786
    Data *x = static_cast<Data *>(qMalloc(sizeof(Data)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3787
    Q_CHECK_PTR(x);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3788
    if (data) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3789
        x->data = const_cast<char *>(data);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3790
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3791
        x->data = x->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3792
        size = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3793
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3794
    x->ref = 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3795
    x->alloc = x->size = size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3796
    *x->array = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3797
    return QByteArray(x, 0, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3798
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3799
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3800
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3801
    Returns a decoded copy of the Base64 array \a base64. Input is not checked
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3802
    for validity; invalid characters in the input are skipped, enabling the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3803
    decoding process to continue with subsequent characters.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3804
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3805
    For example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3806
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3807
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 44
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3808
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3809
    The algorithm used to decode Base64-encoded data is defined in \l{RFC 2045}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3810
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3811
    \sa toBase64()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3812
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3813
QByteArray QByteArray::fromBase64(const QByteArray &base64)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3814
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3815
    unsigned int buf = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3816
    int nbits = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3817
    QByteArray tmp((base64.size() * 3) / 4, Qt::Uninitialized);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3818
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3819
    int offset = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3820
    for (int i = 0; i < base64.size(); ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3821
	int ch = base64.at(i);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3822
	int d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3823
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3824
	if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3825
	    d = ch - 'A';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3826
	else if (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'z')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3827
	    d = ch - 'a' + 26;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3828
	else if (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3829
	    d = ch - '0' + 52;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3830
	else if (ch == '+')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3831
	    d = 62;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3832
	else if (ch == '/')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3833
	    d = 63;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3834
	else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3835
	    d = -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3836
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3837
	if (d != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3838
	    buf = (buf << 6) | d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3839
	    nbits += 6;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3840
	    if (nbits >= 8) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3841
		nbits -= 8;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3842
		tmp[offset++] = buf >> nbits;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3843
		buf &= (1 << nbits) - 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3844
	    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3845
	}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3846
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3847
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3848
    tmp.truncate(offset);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3849
    return tmp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3850
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3851
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3852
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3853
    Returns a decoded copy of the hex encoded array \a hexEncoded. Input is not checked
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3854
    for validity; invalid characters in the input are skipped, enabling the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3855
    decoding process to continue with subsequent characters.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3856
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3857
    For example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3858
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3859
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp 45
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3860
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3861
    \sa toHex()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3862
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3863
QByteArray QByteArray::fromHex(const QByteArray &hexEncoded)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3864
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3865
    QByteArray res((hexEncoded.size() + 1)/ 2, Qt::Uninitialized);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3866
    uchar *result = (uchar *)res.data() + res.size();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3867
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3868
    bool odd_digit = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3869
    for (int i = hexEncoded.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3870
        int ch = hexEncoded.at(i);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3871
        int tmp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3872
        if (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3873
            tmp = ch - '0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3874
        else if (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'f')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3875
            tmp = ch - 'a' + 10;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3876
        else if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'F')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3877
            tmp = ch - 'A' + 10;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3878
        else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3879
            continue;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3880
        if (odd_digit) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3881
            --result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3882
            *result = tmp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3883
            odd_digit = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3884
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3885
            *result |= tmp << 4;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3886
            odd_digit = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3887
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3888
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3889
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3890
    res.remove(0, result - (const uchar *)res.constData());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3891
    return res;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3892
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3893
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3894
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3895
    Returns a hex encoded copy of the byte array. The hex encoding uses the numbers 0-9 and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3896
    the letters a-f.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3897
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3898
    \sa fromHex()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3899
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3900
QByteArray QByteArray::toHex() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3901
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3902
    QByteArray hex(d->size * 2, Qt::Uninitialized);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3903
    char *hexData = hex.data();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3904
    const uchar *data = (const uchar *)d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3905
    for (int i = 0; i < d->size; ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3906
        int j = (data[i] >> 4) & 0xf;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3907
        if (j <= 9)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3908
            hexData[i*2] = (j + '0');
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3909
         else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3910
            hexData[i*2] = (j + 'a' - 10);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3911
        j = data[i] & 0xf;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3912
        if (j <= 9)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3913
            hexData[i*2+1] = (j + '0');
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3914
         else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3915
            hexData[i*2+1] = (j + 'a' - 10);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3916
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3917
    return hex;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3918
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3919
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3920
static void q_fromPercentEncoding(QByteArray *ba, char percent)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3921
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3922
    if (ba->isEmpty())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3923
        return;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3924
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3925
    char *data = ba->data();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3926
    const char *inputPtr = data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3927
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3928
    int i = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3929
    int len = ba->count();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3930
    int outlen = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3931
    int a, b;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3932
    char c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3933
    while (i < len) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3934
        c = inputPtr[i];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3935
        if (c == percent && i + 2 < len) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3936
            a = inputPtr[++i];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3937
            b = inputPtr[++i];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3938
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3939
            if (a >= '0' && a <= '9') a -= '0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3940
            else if (a >= 'a' && a <= 'f') a = a - 'a' + 10;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3941
            else if (a >= 'A' && a <= 'F') a = a - 'A' + 10;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3942
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3943
            if (b >= '0' && b <= '9') b -= '0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3944
            else if (b >= 'a' && b <= 'f') b  = b - 'a' + 10;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3945
            else if (b >= 'A' && b <= 'F') b  = b - 'A' + 10;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3946
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3947
            *data++ = (char)((a << 4) | b);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3948
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3949
            *data++ = c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3950
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3951
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3952
        ++i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3953
        ++outlen;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3954
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3955
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3956
    if (outlen != len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3957
        ba->truncate(outlen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3958
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3959
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3960
void q_fromPercentEncoding(QByteArray *ba)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3961
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3962
    q_fromPercentEncoding(ba, '%');
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3963
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3964
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3965
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3966
    \since 4.4
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3967
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3968
    Returns a decoded copy of the URI/URL-style percent-encoded \a input.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3969
    The \a percent parameter allows you to replace the '%' character for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3970
    another (for instance, '_' or '=').
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3971
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3972
    For example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3973
    \code
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3974
        QByteArray text = QByteArray::fromPercentEncoding("Qt%20is%20great%33");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3975
        text.data();            // returns "Qt is great!"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3976
    \endcode
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3977
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3978
    \sa toPercentEncoding(), QUrl::fromPercentEncoding()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3979
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3980
QByteArray QByteArray::fromPercentEncoding(const QByteArray &input, char percent)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3981
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3982
    if (input.isNull())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3983
        return QByteArray();       // preserve null
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3984
    if (input.isEmpty())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3985
        return QByteArray(input.data(), 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3986
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3987
    QByteArray tmp = input;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3988
    q_fromPercentEncoding(&tmp, percent);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3989
    return tmp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3990
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3991
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3992
static inline bool q_strchr(const char str[], char chr)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3993
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3994
    if (!str) return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3995
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3996
    const char *ptr = str;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3997
    char c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3998
    while ((c = *ptr++))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3999
        if (c == chr)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4000
            return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4001
    return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4002
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4003
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4004
static inline char toHexHelper(char c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4005
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4006
    static const char hexnumbers[] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4007
    return hexnumbers[c & 0xf];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4008
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4009
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4010
static void q_toPercentEncoding(QByteArray *ba, const char *dontEncode, const char *alsoEncode, char percent)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4011
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4012
    if (ba->isEmpty())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4013
        return;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4014
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4015
    QByteArray input = *ba;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4016
    int len = input.count();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4017
    const char *inputData = input.constData();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4018
    char *output = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4019
    int length = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4020
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4021
    for (int i = 0; i < len; ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4022
        unsigned char c = *inputData++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4023
        if (((c >= 0x61 && c <= 0x7A) // ALPHA
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4024
             || (c >= 0x41 && c <= 0x5A) // ALPHA
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4025
             || (c >= 0x30 && c <= 0x39) // DIGIT
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4026
             || c == 0x2D // -
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4027
             || c == 0x2E // .
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4028
             || c == 0x5F // _
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4029
             || c == 0x7E // ~
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4030
             || q_strchr(dontEncode, c))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4031
            && !q_strchr(alsoEncode, c)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4032
            if (output)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4033
                output[length] = c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4034
            ++length;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4035
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4036
            if (!output) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4037
                // detach now
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4038
                ba->resize(len*3); // worst case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4039
                output = ba->data();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4040
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4041
            output[length++] = percent;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4042
            output[length++] = toHexHelper((c & 0xf0) >> 4);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4043
            output[length++] = toHexHelper(c & 0xf);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4044
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4045
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4046
    if (output)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4047
        ba->truncate(length);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4048
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4049
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4050
void q_toPercentEncoding(QByteArray *ba, const char *exclude, const char *include)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4051
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4052
    q_toPercentEncoding(ba, exclude, include, '%');
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4053
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4054
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4055
void q_normalizePercentEncoding(QByteArray *ba, const char *exclude)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4056
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4057
    q_fromPercentEncoding(ba, '%');
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4058
    q_toPercentEncoding(ba, exclude, 0, '%');
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4059
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4060
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4061
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4062
    \since 4.4
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4063
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4064
    Returns a URI/URL-style percent-encoded copy of this byte array. The
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4065
    \a percent parameter allows you to override the default '%'
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4066
    character for another.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4067
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4068
    By default, this function will encode all characters that are not
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4069
    one of the following:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4070
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4071
        ALPHA ("a" to "z" and "A" to "Z") / DIGIT (0 to 9) / "-" / "." / "_" / "~"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4072
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4073
    To prevent characters from being encoded pass them to \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4074
    exclude. To force characters to be encoded pass them to \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4075
    include. The \a percent character is always encoded.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4076
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4077
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4078
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4079
    \code
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4080
         QByteArray text = "{a fishy string?}";
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4081
         QByteArray ba = text.toPercentEncoding("{}", "s");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4082
         qDebug(ba.constData());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4083
         // prints "{a fi%73hy %73tring%3F}"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4084
    \endcode
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4085
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4086
    The hex encoding uses the numbers 0-9 and the uppercase letters A-F.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4087
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4088
    \sa fromPercentEncoding(), QUrl::toPercentEncoding()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4089
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4090
QByteArray QByteArray::toPercentEncoding(const QByteArray &exclude, const QByteArray &include,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4091
                                         char percent) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4092
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4093
    if (isNull())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4094
        return QByteArray();    // preserve null
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4095
    if (isEmpty())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4096
        return QByteArray(data(), 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4097
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4098
    QByteArray include2 = include;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4099
    if (percent != '%')                        // the default
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4100
        if ((percent >= 0x61 && percent <= 0x7A) // ALPHA
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4101
            || (percent >= 0x41 && percent <= 0x5A) // ALPHA
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4102
            || (percent >= 0x30 && percent <= 0x39) // DIGIT
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4103
            || percent == 0x2D // -
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4104
            || percent == 0x2E // .
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4105
            || percent == 0x5F // _
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4106
            || percent == 0x7E) // ~
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4107
        include2 += percent;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4108
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4109
    QByteArray result = *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4110
    q_toPercentEncoding(&result, exclude.nulTerminated().constData(), include2.nulTerminated().constData(), percent);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4111
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4112
    return result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4113
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4114
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4115
/*! \typedef QByteArray::ConstIterator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4116
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4117
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4118
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4119
/*! \typedef QByteArray::Iterator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4120
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4121
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4122
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4123
/*! \typedef QByteArray::const_iterator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4124
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4125
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4126
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4127
/*! \typedef QByteArray::iterator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4128
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4129
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4130
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4131
/*! \typedef QByteArray::const_reference
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4132
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4133
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4134
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4135
/*! \typedef QByteArray::reference
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4136
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4137
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4138
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4139
/*! \typedef QByteArray::value_type
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4140
  \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4141
 */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4142
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4143
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4144
    \fn QByteArray::QByteArray(int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4145
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4146
    Use QByteArray(int, char) instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4147
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4148
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4149
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4150
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4151
    \fn QByteArray QByteArray::leftJustify(uint width, char fill, bool truncate) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4152
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4153
    Use leftJustified() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4154
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4155
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4156
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4157
    \fn QByteArray QByteArray::rightJustify(uint width, char fill, bool truncate) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4158
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4159
    Use rightJustified() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4160
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4161
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4162
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4163
    \fn QByteArray& QByteArray::duplicate(const QByteArray& a)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4164
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4165
    \oldcode
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4166
        QByteArray bdata;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4167
        bdata.duplicate(original);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4168
    \newcode
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4169
        QByteArray bdata;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4170
        bdata = original;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4171
    \endcode
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4172
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4173
    \note QByteArray uses implicit sharing so if you modify a copy, only the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4174
    copy is changed.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4175
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4176
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4177
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4178
    \fn QByteArray& QByteArray::duplicate(const char *a, uint n)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4179
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4180
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4181
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4182
    \oldcode
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4183
        QByteArray bdata;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4184
        bdata.duplicate(ptr, size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4185
    \newcode
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4186
        QByteArray bdata;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4187
        bdata = QByteArray(ptr, size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4188
    \endcode
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4189
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4190
    \note QByteArray uses implicit sharing so if you modify a copy, only the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4191
    copy is changed.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4192
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4193
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4194
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4195
    \fn QByteArray& QByteArray::setRawData(const char *a, uint n)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4196
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4197
    Use fromRawData() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4198
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4199
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4200
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4201
    \fn void QByteArray::resetRawData(const char *data, uint n)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4202
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4203
    Use clear() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4204
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4205
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4206
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4207
    \fn QByteArray QByteArray::lower() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4208
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4209
    Use toLower() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4210
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4211
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4212
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4213
    \fn QByteArray QByteArray::upper() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4214
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4215
    Use toUpper() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4216
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4217
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4218
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4219
    \fn QByteArray QByteArray::stripWhiteSpace() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4220
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4221
    Use trimmed() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4222
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4223
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4224
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4225
    \fn QByteArray QByteArray::simplifyWhiteSpace() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4226
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4227
    Use simplified() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4228
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4229
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4230
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4231
    \fn int QByteArray::find(char c, int from = 0) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4232
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4233
    Use indexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4234
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4235
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4236
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4237
    \fn int QByteArray::find(const char *c, int from = 0) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4238
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4239
    Use indexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4240
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4241
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4242
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4243
    \fn int QByteArray::find(const QByteArray &ba, int from = 0) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4244
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4245
    Use indexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4246
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4247
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4248
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4249
    \fn int QByteArray::findRev(char c, int from = -1) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4250
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4251
    Use lastIndexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4252
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4253
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4254
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4255
    \fn int QByteArray::findRev(const char *c, int from = -1) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4256
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4257
    Use lastIndexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4258
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4259
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4260
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4261
    \fn int QByteArray::findRev(const QByteArray &ba, int from = -1) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4262
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4263
    Use lastIndexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4264
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4265
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4266
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4267
    \fn int QByteArray::find(const QString &s, int from = 0) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4268
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4269
    Use indexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4270
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4271
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4272
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4273
    \fn int QByteArray::findRev(const QString &s, int from = -1) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4274
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4275
    Use lastIndexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4276
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4277
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4278
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4279
    \fn DataPtr &QByteArray::data_ptr()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4280
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4281
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4282
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4283
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4284
    \typedef QByteArray::DataPtr
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4285
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4286
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4287
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4288
QT_END_NAMESPACE